Search for Healthcare in the web?

Healthcare (50)

Stay Safe & Secure by Availing Healthcare Disinfectant Cleaning Solutions from Professionals

safetechinstallations.blogspot.com
Submitted 5 day(s) ago by safetechin

Our companies are availing high-quality healthcare disinfectant cleaning solutions from reputed companies. You can contact us website this number for know more. 

Fauci Says CDC May Recommend Wearing Two Masks to Fight Virus - Bloomberg

www.bloomberg.com
Submitted 29 day(s) ago by system

The Centers for Disease Control may recommend wearing two masks -- one over the other -- to keep at bay the more contagious variants of the coronavirus, according to Anthony Fauci.

Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 34 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Over time, pharmaceutical players have demonstrated significant interest in this domain and have launched clinical research initiatives to investigate the relevance and applications of these novel biomarkers. Several companies have already developed / are developing analytical tests for novel cancer biomarkers (TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs), intended to assist physicians in making personalized treatment decisions.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD  860 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the cancer biomarkers market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of test
  • Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs)
  • Companion Diagnostic Tests (CDx)

 

  • Type of disease indication
  • Breast cancer
  • Blood cancer
  • Colon / Colorectal cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Prostate Cancer

 

  • Type of cancer biomarker
  • TMB
  • MSI / MMR
  • TILs

 

  • Type of analytical technique
  • Next Generation Sequencing (NGS)
  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
  • Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Japan
  • China
  • Australia

 

The Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Foundation Medicine
  • NeoGenomics Laboratories
  • Novogene
  • Q2 Solutions
  • Personal Genome Diagnostics
  • Dr Lal PathLabs
  • Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Current Market Landscape

  4. Product Competitiveness Analysis

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Publication Analysis

  7. Innovative Designs for Biomarker-Based Clinical Trials

  8. Clinical Trial Analysis

  9. Market Forecast

  10. Future Growth Opportunities

  11. Case Study: Analysis of Needs of Stakeholders in The Companion Diagnostics Industry

  12. Case Study: Analysis of Value Chain in the Companion Diagnostics Industry

  13. Clinical Research on Cancer Biomarkers: A Big Pharma Perspective

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

Cancer biomarkers market for TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~18%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 34 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying key future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several novel biomarkers are presently under investigation for a variety of cancer indications; the initiatives of big pharmaceutical companies are indicative of the growing interest in this domain
  • Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions
  • Multiple tests are currently available for specific diseases indications; next generation sequencing has emerged as a key driver, enabling high throughput results and faster turnaround times
  • Companies involved in this domain are putting in significant efforts to develop efficient tests and differentiate their offerings, from those of other stakeholders, to maintain a competitive edge
  • Till date, close to 200 trials, evaluating the expression of novel biomarkers have been registered across different cancer indications, phases of development and geographical locations
  • The growing research activity in this domain is also evident across published scientific literature; several biomarker-focused studies are evaluating different types of immunotherapies
  • The growing interest in this field is also reflected by the 120+ partnerships have been signed in the last two years, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders
  • The opportunity is likely to be driven by the applicability of these tests across multiple cancer indications; the market is anticipated to grow as more biomarker based drugs get approved in the coming decade
  • The projected future opportunity is expected to be distributed across different application areas, types of analytical techniques used and various global regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Cancer Immunotherapy

3.2.1.    Cancer Immunotherapy Biomarkers

3.2.2.    Identification of a Candidate Biomarker

3.2.3.    Need for Novel Cancer Biomarkers

 

3.3.       Tumor Mutation Burden (TMB)

3.3.1.    Overview

3.3.2.    Variation of TMB across Multiple Indications

3.3.3.    Methods for Measurement of TMB

3.3.4.    Factors Affecting Measurement of TMB

3.3.5.    Initiatives for Assessment of TMB as a Potential Biomarker

 

3.4.       Microsatellite Instability / Mismatch Repair Deficiency (MSI / MMR)

3.4.1.    Overview

3.4.2.    Variation of MSI across Multiple Indications

3.4.3.    Methods of Measurement of MSI

 

3.5.       Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes and Other Novel Biomarkers

 

4          CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Cancer Biomarkers Testing Services: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Geographical Location

4.2.4.    Analysis by Test Availability

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Biomarker

4.2.6.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.7.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.2.8.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.2.9.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

4.2.10.  Analysis by Sample Input

4.2.11.  Analysis by Nucleic Acid Tested

4.2.12.  Key Players: Analysis by Type of Biomarker

 

4.3.       TMB Tests

4.3.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.3.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.3.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.3.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.4.       MSI / MMR Tests

4.4.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.4.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.5.       TIL-based Tests

4.5.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

5          PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Product Competitiveness Analysis: Key Assumptions and Methodology

5.2.1.    Tests for the Assessment of TMB

5.2.2.    Tests for the Assessment of MSI / MMR

5.2.3.    Tests for the Assessment of TILs

 

6          COMPANY PROFILES 

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Dr Lal PathLabs

6.2.1.    Company Overview      

6.2.2.    Financial Information    

6.2.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.2.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.2.3.1.1. Microsatellite Instability (MSI) by PCR 

6.2.3.1.2. OncoPro NCCN Lung Cancer Panel (*9 Genes *MSI)  

6.2.3.1.3. OncoPro Liquid Biopsy 73 Gene Panel with MSI          

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.3.       Foundation Medicine    

6.3.1.    Company Overview      

6.3.2.    Financial Information    

6.3.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.3.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.3.3.1.1. FoundationOne CDx  

6.3.3.1.2. FoundationOne Liquid

6.3.3.1.3. FoundationOne Heme

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

           

6.4.       NeoGenomics Laboratories       

6.4.1.    Company Overview      

6.4.2.    Financial Information    

6.4.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.4.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.4.3.1.1. NeoTYPE Discovery Profile for Solid Tumors  

6.4.3.1.2. MSI Analysis / MMR Panel by IHC      

6.4.3.1.3. MultiOmyx Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocyte Panel          

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.5.       Novogene        

6.5.1.    Company Overview      

6.5.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.5.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.5.2.1.1. NovoPM Cancer Panel           

6.5.2.1.2. NovoPM TMB

6.5.2.1.3. NovoPM bTMB

6.5.2.1.4. NovoPM MSI

6.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.       Q2 Solutions    

6.6.1.    Company Overview      

6.6.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.6.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.6.2.1.1. TMB Assay   

6.6.2.1.2. MSI Assay    

6.6.2.1.3. TILs Testing  

6.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.7.       Personal Genome Diagnostics  

6.7.1.    Company Overview      

6.7.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.7.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.7.2.1.1. PGDx elio Tissue Complete Assay     

6.7.2.1.2. PlasmaSELECT-R 64

6.7.2.1.3. CancerXOME-R         

6.7.2.1.4. CancerSELECT-R 125           

6.7.2.1.5. MutatorDETECT        

6.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.8.       Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology 

6.8.1.    Company Overview      

6.8.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.8.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.8.2.1.1. YuceOne Plus           

6.8.2.1.2. YuceOne ICIs

6.8.2.1.3. ct-DNA TMB  

6.8.2.1.4. Microsatellite (MSI) Test         

6.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

7          PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Methodology

7.3.       Cancer Biomarkers: List of Publications

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.3.2.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Biomarker

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Disease Indication

7.3.4.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Analytical Technique Used

7.3.5.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Cancer Therapy

7.3.6.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.4.       Publication Analysis: TMB

7.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.4.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.5.       Publication Analysis: MSI / MMR

7.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.5.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.6.       Publication Analysis: TILs

7.6.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.6.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.6.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.6.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

8          INNOVATIVE DESIGNS FOR BIOMARKER-BASED CLINICAL TRIALS

8.1.       Background and Context

8.2.       Biomarker-based Clinical Trial Designs

8.2.1.    Enrichment Design

8.2.2.    All-Comers Design

8.2.3.    Mixture / Hybrid Design

8.2.4.    Adaptive Design

8.3        Regulatory Considerations

 

9          CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Methodology

9.3.       Cancer Biomarkers: List of Clinical Trials

9.4.       Clinical Trial Analysis: TMB

9.4.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.4.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.4.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.4.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.4.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.4.6.    Most Active Players

9.4.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.4.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.4.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.4.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.5.       Clinical Trial Analysis: MSI / MMR

9.5.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.5.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.5.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.5.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.5.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.5.6.    Most Active Players

9.5.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.5.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.5.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.5.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.6.       Clinical Trial Analysis: TILs

9.6.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.6.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.6.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.6.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.6.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.6.6.    Most Active Players

9.6.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.6.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.6.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.6.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.7        Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Biomarker

9.8        Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Disease Indication

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions

10.3      Forecast Methodology

10.4.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.5.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.6.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.7.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.8.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.8.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.9.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.9.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.10.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.11.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.12.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.12.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-        2030 (By Value)

10.13.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.13.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.14.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.18.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.21.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

  1. FUTURE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.1.1.  Increasing Focus on Precision Medicine

11.1.2.  Rise in Number of Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

11.1.3.  Emerging Technologies for Biomarker Assessment

11.1.4.  Development of Companion Diagnostic Products

11.1.5.  Other Opportunities

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF NEEDS OF STAKEHOLDERS IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Needs of Different Stakeholders

12.3.     Comparison of Needs of Various Stakeholders

12.3.1.  Needs of Drug Developers

12.3.2.  Needs of Companion Diagnostics Developers

12.3.3.  Needs of Regulatory Authorities

12.3.4.  Needs of Testing Laboratories

12.3.5.  Needs of Payers / Insurance Providers

12.3.6.  Needs of Physicians

12.3.7.  Needs of Patients

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF VALUE CHAIN IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Components of the Value Chain

13.3.     Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Cost Distribution

13.3.1.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Research and Product Development

13.3.2.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Costs Associated with Manufacturing and Assembly

13.3.3.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Clinical Trials, FDA Approval and Other Administrative Tasks

13.3.4.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Payer Negotiation and KoL Engagement

13.3.5.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Marketing and Sales

 

  1. CLINICAL RESEARCH ON CANCER BIOMARKERS: A BIG PHARMA PERSPECTIVE

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Methodology

14.3.     Clinical Trial Analysis

14.3.1.  List of Likely Drug Candidates for IVD Developers

14.4.     Cumulative Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Registration Year, 2016-2019

14.4.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.4.4.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Biomarkers

 

14.4.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.7.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.5.     Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Most Popular Indications

14.5.1.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.2.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Less Popular / Other Indications

14.5.3.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Indications in Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

14.5.4.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Indication

14.5.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Indications

14.6.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development

14.6.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.6.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.6.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Biomarkers

14.6.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Indications

14.6.5.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Indications

14.6.6.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Indications

14.7.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor

14.7.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.7.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.7.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Indications

14.7.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Indications

14.8.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Recruitment Status

14.9.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Therapy Design

14.10.   Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Geography

14.10.1. Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

14.11.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Most Popular Indications

14.12.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Moderately Popular Indications

14.13.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Other Emerging Indications

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS
  2. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA
  3. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of these therapeutics over the next decade.

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 34 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 370+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of bispecific antibody therapeutics, including information on drug developers, phase of development (marketed, clinical, and preclinical / discovery) of the pipeline candidates, target antigen, type of antibody format, mechanism of action, target disease indication(s), therapeutic area, broader disease segment, route of administration, mode of administration and patient segment. 
  • A comprehensive list of novel technology platforms that are either currently available or being developed by various firms for the generation of bispecific antibody therapeutics, along with detailed profiles of key technologies. The chapter also includes an insightful competitiveness analysis, featuring a three-dimensional bubble representation that highlights the key technologies that are being used for the development of bispecific antibodies, taking into consideration the early stage (discovery, preclinical, IND and phase I) and late stage (phase II and above) development activity based on the technology (in terms of the number of drugs across different phases of development), number of partnerships established related to the technology and size of the developer company. In addition, it consists of a schematic world map representation, highlighting the geographical locations of technology developers engaged in this domain.
  • Detailed profiles of marketed and clinical stage (phase II and phase III) bispecific antibody therapeutics. Each profile features an overview of the drug, details of the developer, along with its financial performance, mechanism of action and targets, dosage information, current clinical development status, development process, as well as details on annual sales (wherever available).
  • Key takeaways from the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline, featuring a [A] grid analysis, representing the distribution of the pipeline (on the basis of mechanisms of action of product candidates) across different therapeutic areas and stages of development, [B] a five-dimensional spider-web analysis, highlighting the most popular mechanisms of action based on a number of relevant parameters, including number of bispecific antibodies in early stage (phase I) and late stage of development (phase II and above), number of ongoing clinical trials, target therapeutic areas and the number of companies that are developing these molecules, [C] a two-dimensional scattered plot competitiveness analysis, for the various target combinations for clinical-stage bispecific antibodies and [D] the chapter also includes an insightful summary representation using the logos of different industry stakeholders, highlighting the distribution of companies based on the company size.
  • An analysis of the big biopharma players engaged in this domain, featuring a heat map based on various parameters, such as number of bispecific antibody therapeutics under development, target antigen, type of antibody format, mechanism of action and target therapeutic area.
  • An analysis of recent partnerships and collaboration agreements inked in this domain since 2016, covering research collaborations, product and technology licensing agreements, product development and commercialization agreements, manufacturing agreements, mergers / acquisitions, joint ventures, product development agreements and other deals.
  • A review on the key steps involved and challenges associated with the manufacturing of bispecific antibodies. In addition, it includes a list of contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) and contract research organizations (CROs). The chapter also highlights the key considerations for bispecific antibody developers while selecting a suitable CRO / CMO.
  • A clinical trial analysis of ongoing and planned studies related to bispecific antibody therapeutics, taking into consideration a number of relevant parameters, including trial registration year, trial recruitment status, trial phase, trial design, disease indication(s), focus therapeutic area, most active industrial and non-industrial players, and geographical location of the trial.
  • A review of the key promotional strategies that have been adopted by the developers of the marketed bispecific antibodies, namely Blincyto® and Hemlibra®. It includes a detailed comparison of both the drugs based on the information available on their respective websites, such as patient support offerings, informative downloadable content, and product visibility in scientific conferences.
  • A discussion on important, industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, featuring a qualitative Harvey ball analysis that highlights the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on the overall market.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Therapeutic Area 
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Eye Disorders
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Hematological Malignancies
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Inflammatory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders 

 

  • Mechanism of Action
  • Cytokines Retargeting / Neutralization
  • Dual Ligands Blocking
  • T-cell Retargeting / Activation
  • Others

 

  • Target Antigens
  • CD3 x CD19
  • CD30 x CD16A
  • Factor IXa x Factor X
  • IL-1α x IL-1β
  • IL-13 x IL-4
  • IL-17A x Albumin
  • IL-17A x IL-17F
  • Psl x PcrV
  • VEGF-A x ANG2
  • Others

 

  • Key Players 
  • Astra Zeneca
  • Amgen
  • AbbVie
  • Affirmed
  • Affibody
  • Merck
  • Roche
  • Sanofi
  • Taisho Pharmaceutical 

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific 

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom this relatively novel class of antibody therapeutics is likely to garner significant interest among therapy developers and end users alike. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Martin Steiner (Chief Executive Officer, Synimmune)
  • Ludger Große-Hovest (Chief Scientific Officer, Synimmune)
  • Jane Dancer (Chief Business Officer, F-Star)
  • Siobhan Pomeroy (Senior Director, Business Development, Cytom X)
  • Yinjue Wang (Associate Director, Process Development, Innovent Biologics)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the key technologies used for the development of bispecific antibodies?
  • What are the key biological target combinations and antibody formats that are being explored for bispecific antibody development?
  • Who are the leading industry and non-industry players engaged in this market?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by bispecific antibody developers?
  • Which CMOs offer services for manufacturing bispecific antibodies?
  • What are the regulatory guidelines issued by different organizations related to the development of bispecific antibodies?
  • What kind of promotional strategies are being used by developers of marketed bispecific antibody developers?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity (related to bispecific antibodies) likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030

Endocannabinoid System Targeted Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

With two approved drugs and close to 300 clinical / preclinical product candidates, the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline has evolved significantly over the past few years, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 34 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

With various target combinations and novel mechanisms of action, bispecific antibodies are presently recognized as a potent class of targeted therapies, with the potential to be used as treatment options for a variety of disease indications. Several pipeline candidates have recently entered mid to late-stage (phase II and above) trials and are anticipated to enter the market over the next 5-10 years.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 6.9 billion financial opportunity (by 2030) within the bispecific antibody therapeutics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Therapeutic Area 
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Eye Disorders
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Hematological Malignancies
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Inflammatory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders

 

  • Mechanism of Action
  • Cytokines Retargeting / Neutralization
  • Dual Ligands Blocking
  • T-cell Retargeting / Activation
  • Others

 

  • Target Antigens
  • CD3 x CD19
  • CD30 x CD16A
  • Factor IXa x Factor X
  • IL-1α x IL-1β
  • IL-13 x IL-4
  • IL-17A x Albumin
  • IL-17A x IL-17F
  • Psl x PcrV
  • VEGF-A x ANG2
  • Others

 

  • Antibody Formats
  • Asymmetric
  • Fragments
  • Symmetric
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Amgen
  • Ablynx
  • AbbVie
  • Affibody
  • Affimed
  • Alphamab
  • AstraZeneca
  • Avillion
  • Chugai Pharmaceuticals
  • Eddingpharm
  • GSK
  • Merck
  • Merus
  • Roche
  • Regeneron Pharmaceuticals
  • Taisho Pharmaceuticals
  • Zymeworks

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Overview

  4. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platforms

  5. Drug Profiles

  6. Key Insights

  7. Benchmark Analysis: Big Pharma Players

  8. Partnerships and Collaborations

  9. Contract Services for Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics

  10. Clinical Trial Analysis

  11. Case Study: Regulatory Guidelines for Bispecific Antibodies

  12. Case Study: Promotional / Marketing Strategies

  13. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/bispecific-antibodies/286.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

The bispecific antibody therapeutics market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~16%, in the span of 2019 to 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 34 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights         

  • With two approved drugs and close to 300 clinical / preclinical product candidates, the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline has evolved significantly over the past few years
  • The pipeline features drug candidates that target a wide range of biological antigens based on different antibody formats through novel mechanisms of action; more than 50% of these act by retargeting or activation of T-Cells
  • To gain a competitive edge in the market, developers are actively exploring novel biological targets and mechanisms of action to treat diverse disease indications
  • Although start-ups and mid-sized firms are spearheading the innovation, several big pharmaceutical companies are also actively engaged
  • In order to cater to the evolving needs of developers, technology providers have established presence across different regions; the US and EU have emerged as the key hubs
  • Close to 50,000 patients were estimated to have been enrolled in clinical trials evaluating bispecific antibody therapeutics, across various geographical locations and phases of development
  • The increasing interest of stakeholders in this domain can also be gauged by the rising product development / commercialization, R&D and technology licensing deals being signed across various regions
  • Given the complexities associated with the development of bispecific antibodies, contract organizations have become an indispensable part of the development and manufacturing process of antibody therapeutics
  • In order to keep patients and healthcare professionals informed and aware of the developments, companies are deploying diverse promotional strategies for their respective products

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/bispecific-antibodies/286.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1.                   Chapter Outlines
    1.2.                   Research Methodology
    1.3.                   Chapter Outlines

  2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                   Chapter Overview

3.2.                   Concept of an Antibody

3.3.                   Structure of an Antibody

3.4.                   Functions of an Antibody

3.5.                   Mechanism of Action of an Antibody

3.6.                   Concept of Monoclonal Antibodies

3.7.                   Antibody Therapeutics

3.8.                   Historical Evolution of Antibody Therapeutics

                       

3.9.                   Types of Advanced Antibody Therapeutics        

3.9.1.                Fc Engineered and Glycoengineered Antibodies

3.9.2.                Antibody Fragments

3.9.3.                Fusion Proteins

3.9.4.                Intrabodies

3.9.5.                Bispecific Antibodies

                       

3.10.                 Bispecific Antibody Formats

3.10.1.              Single-Chain-based Formats (Fc Independent Antibody Formats)

3.10.1.1.           Tandem scFvs (single-chain variable fragments) and Triple bodies         

3.10.1.2.           Bispecific Single-Domain Antibody Fusion Proteins        

3.10.1.3.           Diabodies / Diabody Derivatives

3.10.1.4.           Fusion Proteins

3.10.1.5.           Fusion Proteins Devoid of Fc Regions   

3.10.2.              Immunoglobulin G (IgG)-based Formats (Fc Dependent Antibody Formats)         

3.10.2.1.           Quadromas      

3.10.2.2.           Knobs-Into-Holes         

3.10.2.3.           Dual Variable Domain Ig           

3.10.2.4.           IgG-scFv          

3.10.2.5.           Two-in-one or Dual Action Fab (DAF) Antibodies

3.10.2.6.           Half Molecule Exchange

3.10.2.7.           κλ- Bodies       

                       

3.11.                 Mechanisms of Action of Bispecific Antibodies   

3.11.1.              Retargeting Immune Effectors (NK Cells and T Cells) to Tumor Cells      

3.11.2.              Directly Targeting Malignant / Tumor Cells

3.11.3.              Retargeting of Toxins

3.11.5.              Targeting Tumor Angiogenesis

3.11.6.              Other Mechanisms

                       

3.12.                 Applications of Bispecific Antibodies

                       

4                      MARKET OVERVIEW

4.1.                   Chapter Overview

4.2.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Developer Landscape

4.2.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.                Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.                Analysis by Geographical Location

                       

4.3.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Clinical Pipeline

4.3.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.3.2.                Analysis by Target Antigen

4.3.3.                Analysis by Type of Antibody Format

4.3.4.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

4.3.5.                Analysis by Disease Indication

4.3.6.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.3.7.                Analysis by Broader Disease Segment

4.3.8.                Analysis by Route of Administration

4.3.9.                Analysis by Mode of Administration

4.3.10.              Analysis by Patient Segment

4.4.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Early Stage Pipeline

4.4.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.4.2.                Analysis by Target Antigen

4.4.4.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

4.4.5.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.4.6.                Analysis by Broader Disease Segment

4.6.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Combination Therapy Candidates

4.7.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Non-Industry Players

4.8.                   Emerging Novel Antibody Therapeutic Modalities

                       

5                      Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platforms 

5.1.                   Chapter Overview

5.2.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of Technology Platforms

5.3.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platform Profiles

                       

5.3.1.                Bispecific T-cell Engager (BiTE®) (Amgen)

5.3.1.1.             Overview          

5.3.1.2.             Technology Details       

5.3.1.3.             Structure of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies

5.3.1.4.             Pipeline of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies 

5.3.1.5.             Advantages of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies       

5.3.1.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.2.                DuoBody® (Genmab)

5.3.2.1.             Overview          

5.3.2.2.             Technology Details       

5.3.2.3.             Structure of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.2.4.             Pipeline of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies      

5.3.2.5.             Advantages of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies 

5.3.2.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.3.                Xmab™ Antibody Engineering Platform (Xencor)

5.3.3.1.             Overview          

5.3.3.2.             Technology Details       

5.3.3.3.             Pipeline of Xmab™ Bispecific Antibodies

5.3.3.4.             Advantages of Xmab™ Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.3.5.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.4.                WuXibodyTM Bispecific Engineering Platform (WuXi Biologics)

5.3.4.1.             Overview          

5.3.4.2.             Pipeline of WuXibodyTM Bispecific Antibodies  

5.3.4.3.             Advantages of WuXibodyTM Bispecific Antibodies         

5.3.4.4.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.5.                Anticalin® (Pieris Pharmaceuticals)

5.3.5.1.             Overview          

5.3.5.2.             Structure of Anticalin® Bispecific Fusion Proteins          

5.3.5.3.             Pipeline of Anticalin® Bispecific Fusion Proteins

5.3.5.4.             Advantages of Anticalin® Bispecific antibody Platform   

5.3.5.5.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.6.                Azymetric™ (Zymeworks)

5.3.6.1.             Overview          

5.3.6.2.             Technology Details       

5.3.6.3.             Structure of Azymetric™ Bispecific Antibodies   

5.3.6.4.             Pipeline of Azymetric™ Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.6.5.             Advantages of the AzymetricTM Bispecific Antibodies    

5.3.6.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.4.                   Geographical Distribution of Technology Providers        

5.5.                   Bispecific Antibody Technology Platforms: Comparative Analysis

                       

6                      DRUG PROFILES

6.1.                   Chapter Overview

6.2.                   Marketed Drug Profiles

                       

6.2.1.                Blincyto™ / Blinatumomab / AMG103 / MT103 (Amgen)

6.2.1.1.             Company Overview      

6.2.1.1.1.          Financial Performance  

6.2.1.2.             Drug Overview 

6.2.1.2.1.          Mechanism of Action and Targets          

6.2.1.2.2.          Dosage

6.2.1.2.3.          Current Development Status     

6.2.1.2.4.          Development Process  

6.2.1.2.5.          Annual Sales    

                       

6.2.2.                Hemlibra® / Emicizumab / RG6013 / ACE910 / RO5534262 (Chugai Pharmaceutical / Roche)      

6.2.2.1.             Company Overview      

6.2.2.1.1.          Financial Performance  

6.2.2.2.             Drug Overview 

6.2.2.2.1.          Mechanism of Action and Targets          

6.2.2.2.2.          Dosage

6.2.2.2.4.          Development Process  

6.2.2.2.5.          Annual Sales    

                       

6.3.                   Late Stage Drug Profiles

6.4.                   RG7716 / RO6867461 / Faricimab (Roche / Genentech) 

6.4.1                 Drug Overview 

6.5.                   Ozoralizumab / TS-152 / ATN103 (Ablynx / Eddingpharm / Taisho Pharmaceuticals)        

6.5.1                 Drug Overview 

6.6.                   ABT-165 (AbbVie)        

6.6.1                 Overview of Drug, Current Development Status and Clinical Results       

6.7.                   ABY-035 (Affibody)      

6.7.1.                Drug Overview 

6.8.                   AFM13 (Affimed)         

6.8.1                 Drug Overview 

6.9.                   AMG 570 / MEDI0700 (Amgen) 

6.9.1.                Drug Overview 

6.10.                 KN026 (Alphamab)       

6.10.1.              Drug Overview 

6.11.                 KN046 (Alphamab)

6.11.1.              Drug Overview 

6.12.                 M1095 / ALX-0761 (Merck / Ablynx / Avillion)     

6.12.1.              Drug Overview 

6.13.                 M7824 / Bintrafusp Alfa (Merck / GlaxoSmithKline)         

6.13.1.              Drug Overview 

6.14.                 MCLA-128 (Merus)       

6.14.1.              Drug Overview 

6.15.                 MEDI3902 / Gremubamab (MedImmune /AstraZeneca)  

6.15.1.              Drug Overview 

6.16.                 Drug Overview 

6.17.                 REGN1979 (Regeneron)           

6.17.1.              Drug Overview  6.18.     ZW25 (Zymeworks)      

6.18.1.              Drug Overview

                       

7                      KEY INSIGHTS

7.1.                   Chapter Overview

7.2.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Analysis by Therapeutic Area and Phase of Development        

7.3.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Spider-Web Analysis based on Mechanism of Action   

7.4.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Two-Dimensional Scatter Plot Analysis based on Target Combinations   

7.4.1                 Key Parameters

7.5.                   Logo Landscape: Analysis of Developers by Company Size        

                       

8                      BENCHMARK ANALYSIS: BIG PHARMA PLAYERS

8.1.                   Chapter Overview

8.2.                   Top Pharmaceutical Companies

8.2.1.                Analysis by Target Antigen

8.2.2.                Analysis by Type of Antibody Format

8.2.3.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

8.2.4.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

8.2.5.                Analysis by Type of Partnership

                       

9                      PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.                   Chapter Overview

9.2.                   Partnership Models

9.3.                   Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.                Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

9.3.4.                Most Active Developers: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.5.                Most Active Contract Manufacturers: Analysis by Number of Manufacturing Agreements  

9.3.6.                Regional Analysis

9.3.7.                Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

                       

10                     CONTRACT SERVICES FOR BISPECIFIC ANTIBODY THERAPEUTICS           

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Manufacturing of Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics

10.2.1.              Key Manufacturing Considerations and Challenges         

10.2.2.              Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs)

10.2.2.1.           Introduction to CMOs    

10.2.2.2.           Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of CMOs  

                       

10.2.3.              Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

10.2.3.1.           Introduction to CROs    

10.2.3.2.           Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of CROs  

                       

10.3.                 Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CMO / CRO Partner

                       

11                     CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Methodology

11.3.                 Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Clinical Trial Analysis  

11.3.1.              Analysis by Trial Registration Year

11.3.2.              Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

11.3.3.              Analysis by Trial Phase

11.3.4.              Analysis by Trial Design

11.3.5.              Analysis by Disease Indication

11.3.6.              Analysis by Therapeutic Area

11.3.7.              Most Active Players

11.3.8.              Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

11.3.9.              Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

                       

12                     CASE STUDY: REGULATORY GUIDELINES FOR BISPECIFIC ANTIBODIES  

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Guidelines Issued by Regulatory Authorities

12.2.1.              US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

12.2.1.1.           Pharma Companies Response to the FDA Draft Guidance          

                       

12.2.2.              World Health Organization (WHO)

12.2.3.              The International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use     

                       

13                     CASE STUDY: PROMOTIONAL / MARKETING STRATEGIES

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Overview of Channels Used for Promotional Campaigns

13.3.                 Summary: Product Website Analysis

13.4.                 Summary: Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

                       

13.5.                 Promotional Analysis: Blincyto™

13.5.1.              Drug Overview

13.5.2.              Product Website analysis

13.5.2.1.           Messages for Healthcare Professionals 

13.5.2.1.1.         For MRD Positive B‑cell precursor ALL  

13.5.2.1.2.         For Relapsed or Refractory B-cell precursor ALL

13.5.2.2.           Message for Patients    

13.5.3.              Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

13.5.4.              Other Promotional Strategies

13.5.4.1.           Presence in Conferences          

                       

13.6.                 Promotional Analysis:  Hemlibra®

13.6.1.              Drug Overview

13.6.2.              Product Website Analysis

13.6.2.1.           Messages for Healthcare Professionals 

13.6.2.1.1.         For Hemophilia A without Factor VIII Inhibitors   

13.6.2.1.2.         For Hemophilia A with Factor VIII Inhibitors        

13.6.2.3.           Messages for Patients  

13.6.3.              Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

13.6.3.1.           Co-pay Program           

13.6.3.2.           Independent Co-pay Assistance Foundation      

13.6.3.3.           Genentech Patient Foundation  

13.6.4.              Other Promotional Strategies

13.6.4.1.           Presence in Conferences          

                       

14                     SWOT ANALYSIS

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

14.2.                 Strengths

14.3.                 Weaknesses

14.4.                 Opportunities

14.5.                 Threats

14.6.                 Concluding Remarks

                       

15                     MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

15.1.                 Chapter Overview

15.2.                 Scope and Limitations

15.3.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

                       

15.4.                 Overall Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

15.4.1.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Therapeutic Area

15.4.2.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Mechanism of Action

15.4.3.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Target Antigen

15.4.4.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Antibody Format

15.4.5.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Key Players

15.4.6.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Geography

15.5.                 Bispecific Antibody Market: Value Creation Analysis

15.6.                 Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Product-wise Sales Forecasts

                       

15.6.1.              Blincyto

15.6.1.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.1.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.1.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.1.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.2.              Hemlibra

15.6.2.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.2.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.2.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.2.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.3.              RG7716

15.6.3.1.           Target patient Population          

15.6.3.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.3.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.3.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.4.              Ozoralizumab

15.6.4.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.4.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.4.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.4.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.5.              ABY-035

15.6.5.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.5.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.5.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.5.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.6.              AFM13

15.6.6.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.6.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.6.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.6.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.7.              M1095

15.6.7.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.7.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.7.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.7.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.8.              MEDI3902

15.6.8.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.8.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.8.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.8.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.9.              ABT-981

15.6.9.1.           Target Patient Population         

15.6.9.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.9.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.9.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.10.            SAR156597      

15.6.10.1.          Target Patient Population         

15.6.10.2.          Sales Forecast 

15.6.10.3.          Net Present Value        

15.6.10.4.          Value Creation Analysis

                       

16                     CONCLUDING REMARKS

                       

17                     EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

17.1.                 Chapter Overview         

17.2.                 CytomX Therapeutics    

17.2.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Siobhan Pomeroy, Senior Director, Business Development (Q3 2017)          

                       

17.3.                 F-star   

17.3.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.3.2.             Interview Transcript: Jane Dancer, Chief Business Officer (Q3 2017)       

                       

17.4.                 Innovent Biologics       

17.4.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.4.2.             Interview Transcript: Yinjue Wang, Associate Director, Process Development (Q3 2017)   

                       

17.5.                 Synimmune      

17.4.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Ludger Große-Hovest, Chief Scientific Officer, and Martin Steiner, Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape,

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this 350+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of the non-invasive cancer diagnostics market, featuring information on the developers of such products and analyses based on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, geographical location, current development status of proprietary liquid biopsy test (under development, research use only, and available), type of product (assay kit, software / algorithm and device), type of tumor marker analyzed (CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, exosomes, and others), key applications (early diagnosis, treatment selection, patient monitoring and recurrence monitoring), type of analyte used (blood, urine and others) and target cancer indications.
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to non-invasive cancer diagnostics, which have been established between 2016 and 2019, based on various parameters, such as type of partnership, year of partnership, type of tumor marker, target cancer indications and the most active players.
  • An analysis of the investments made in companies engaged in the development of non-invasive cancer diagnostics, including details of seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, and capital raised via IPOs and subsequent public offerings.
  • An analysis of the initiatives of big pharma players, highlighting the key focus areas of such companies and analysis based on various relevant parameters, such as stage of development of their proprietary non-invasive cancer diagnostic test(s), key applications, type of tumor marker and target disease indications.
  • A detailed acquisition target analysis, taking into consideration the historical trend of the activity of the companies that have acquired other firms since 2016, and offering a means for other industry stakeholders to identify potential acquisition targets.
  • Elaborate profiles of the key players engaged in this domain, featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), a detailed description of its product portfolio, recent developments and an informed future outlook
  • Informed estimates of the existing market size and the future growth opportunities for non-invasive cancer diagnostics. Based on various parameters, such as number of available / under development products and estimated annual adoption rates, we have provided an informed estimate on the likely evolution of the market over the period 2019-2030.

 

The report features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Tumor Marker
  • ctDNA
  • cfDNA
  • CTCs
  • Exosomes
  • Others

 

  • Application
  • Diagnosis / Early Diagnosis
  • Patient Monitoring
  • Recurrence Monitoring

 

  • Target Cancer Indication
  • Breast Cancer
  • Lung Cancer

Press Release: Variation 4 (Format 5)

 

  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Prostate Cancer
  • Bladder Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Gastric Cancer
  • Pancreatic Cancer
  • Ovarian Cancer
  • Others

 

  • End Users
  • Hospitals
  • Research Institutes
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The report also features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom liquid biopsy has the potential to diagnose cancer at a very early stage by analyzing rare circulating tumour markers, thereby, facilitating appropriate / timely treatment decisions. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Joachim Fluhrer, Founder and Medical Director, Genostics
  • Shibichakravarthy Kannan, Founder and CEO, Theranosis Life Sciences
  • Abizar Lakdawalla, Founder, ProXeom
  • Philippe Nore, CEO and Co-founder, MiNDERA
  • Frank Szczepanski, President and CEO, IVDiagnostics
  • Mark Li, CEO, Resolution Bioscience
  • Brad Walsh, CEO, Minomic International
  • Anton Iliuk, President and Chief Technology Officer, Tymora Analytical Operations
  • Burkhard Jansen, Chief Medical Officer, DermTech
  • Christer Ericsson, Chief Scientific Officer, iCellate Medical
  • Jake Micallef, Chief Scientific Officer, VolitionRx
  • Nathalie Bernard, Marketing Director, OncoDNA
  • Riccardo Razzini, Sales and Marketing Manager, LCM Genect
  • Peter French, Strategic Technology Advisor, Sienna Cancer Diagnostics

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link             

                                                                                                               

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the prevalent trends within the liquid biopsy market?
  • What are the key applications of liquid biopsy?
  • Apart from liquid biopsy, what are the other novel non-invasive cancer diagnostics?
  • What is the role of big pharma players in the non-invasive cancer diagnostics domain?
  • What are the prevalent financing and investment trends within the liquid biopsy market?
  • What are the most popular cancer indications for which non-invasive diagnostics are being developed?
  • Who are the key service providers for liquid biopsy products?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

Press Release: Variation 4 (Format 5)

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  2. Antibody Discovery: Services and Platforms Market (2nd Edition), 2018-2028
  3. In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery, Interface Based Drug Discovery Approaches)

 

Contact Us:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Nearly 300 non-invasive diagnostic tests, designed for the detection of various types of cancers, are either already available in the market or under development across the world

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Given the invasive and cost-intensive nature of tissue biopsies, there is a significant unmet need for safer and more patient-friendly cancer diagnostics that are capable of offering highly accurate, and actionable insights related to the disease.

 

To order this 350+ page report, which features 150+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

The financial opportunity within the liquid biopsy and other non-invasive cancer diagnostics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Tumor Marker
  • ctDNA
  • cfDNA
  • CTCs
  • Exosomes
  • Others

 

  • Application
  • Diagnosis / Early Diagnosis
  • Patient Monitoring
  • Recurrence Monitoring

 

  • Target Cancer Indication
  • Breast Cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Prostate Cancer
  • Bladder Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Gastric Cancer
  • Pancreatic Cancer
  • Ovarian Cancer
  • Others

 

  • End Users
  • Hospitals
  • Research Institutes
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Amoy Diagnostics
  • DiaCarta
  • HaploX Biotechnology
  • NeoGenomics
  • QIAGEN
  • Swift Biosciences
  • Sysmex Inostics
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific

Press Release: Variation 3 (Format 4)

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

 

  1. Non-Invasive Cancer Screening and Diagnosis

  2. Market Landscape

 

  1. Company Profiles

  2. Partnerships and Collaborations

 

  1. Funding and Investment Analysis

  2. Liquid Biopsy: Initiatives of Big Pharma Players

  3. Key Acquisition Targets

 

  1. Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics

  2. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

  3. Survey Insights

 

  1. Conclusion

  2. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/liquid-biopsy-and-nicd-market/279.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The non-invasive cancer diagnostics market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~20%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Liquid Biopsy and Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030: Focus on Circulating Tumor Markers such as CTCs, ctDNA, cfDNA, Exosomes and Other Biomarkers, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 350+ page report, which features 150+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, nearly 300 non-invasive diagnostic tests, designed for the detection of various types of cancers, are either already available in the market or under development across the world
  • Several modern diagnostic tests claim to be capable of offering results in relatively short time periods, thereby, facilitating early diagnosis that is particularly beneficial in the treatment of different types of cancers
  • Over time, big pharma players have initiated product development programs, having invested significant capital, time and effort, on non-invasive diagnostic solutions for use across different oncological indications
  • Investors, having realized the untapped opportunity within this emerging segment of the cancer diagnostics market, have invested over USD 3 billion across 120 instances in the period between 2015 and 2019
  • The growing interest in this field is also reflected in the partnership activity; deals inked in the recent past are focused on a diverse range of tumor markers, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders
  • The projected future opportunity is anticipated to be driven by increasing patient population and distributed across various disease indications and application areas across key geographies
  • These tests are capable of detecting diverse tumor markers that cater to the needs of different stakeholders; in fact, opinions of industry experts confirm the vast potential of liquid biopsies in disease diagnosis / monitoring

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/liquid-biopsy-and-nicd-market/279.html

                                                                                                               

Table of Contents

 

  1.   PREFACE

1.1.              Scope of the Report

1.2.              Research Methodology

1.3.              Chapter Outlines

 

  1.   EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1.   INTRODUCTION

3.1.              Chapter Overview

3.2.              Cancer Statistics and Burden of the Disease

3.3.              Importance of Early Cancer Detection

3.4.              Cancer Screening and Diagnosis

 

3.5.              Conventional Invasive Cancer Diagnostic Tests

3.5.1.           Biopsy

3.5.1.1.        Fine Needle Aspiration Biopsy

3.5.1.2.        Core Needle Biopsy

3.5.1.3.        Vacuum-Assisted Biopsy

3.5.1.4.        Image-Guided Biopsy

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

3.5.1.5.        Sentinel Node Biopsy

3.5.1.6.        Surgical Biopsy

3.5.1.7.        Endoscopic Biopsy

3.5.1.8.        Bone Marrow Biopsy

3.5.2.           Endoscopy

 

3.6.              Need for Non-Invasive Approaches

 

3.7.              Liquid Biopsy: Diagnosing Circulating Biomarkers

3.7.1.           Circulating Tumor Cells

3.7.2.           Circulating Tumor DNA

3.7.3.           Exosomes

           

3.8.              Costs and Benefits Associated with Liquid Biopsy and Non-Invasive Tests

3.9.              Emerging Trends in Intellectual Property Related to Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics

3.10.            Challenges Associated with Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics

3.11.            Future Perspectives

 

  1.   NON-INVASIVE CANCER SCREENING AND DIAGNOSIS

4.1.              Chapter Overview

4.2.              Diagnostic Imaging

4.2.1.           Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)

4.2.2.           Mammography

4.2.3.           Bone Scan

4.2.4.           Computerized Tomography (CT) Scan

4.2.5.           Integrated Positron Emission Tomography (PET)-CT Scan

4.2.6.           Ultrasound

4.2.7.           X-ray Radiography (Barium Enema)

 

4.3.              Screening Assays

4.3.1.           Circulating Tumor Marker Test

4.3.2.           Digital Rectal Exam (DRE)

4.3.3.           Fecal Occult Blood Test (FOBT)

4.3.4.           Multigated Acquisition (MUGA) Scan

4.3.5.           Papanicolaou Test and Human Papilloma Virus Test

 

4.4.              Advanced Non-Invasive Approaches

4.4.1.           Cytogenetic / Gene Expression Studies

4.4.2.           Molecular Signature-based Non-Invasive Methods

4.4.3.           Saliva-based Oral Cancer Diagnostics

4.4.4.           Vital Staining

4.4.5.           Optical Biopsy

4.4.6.           Other Diagnostic Techniques

 

  1.   MARKET LANDSCAPE

5.1.              Chapter Overview

5.2.              Liquid Biopsy Products: List of Developers

5.2.1.           Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.           Analysis by Company Size and Geographical Location

5.2.3.           Leading Players

5.2.4.           Analysis by Geography

 

5.3.              Liquid Biopsy Products: List of Available / Under Development Products

5.3.1.           Analysis by Status of Development

5.3.2.           Analysis by Type of Product

5.3.3.           Analysis by Application Area 

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

5.3.4.           Analysis by Target Cancer Indication

5.3.5.           Analysis by Type of Tumor Marker

5.3.6.           Analysis by End User

5.3.7.           Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

5.4.              Liquid Biopsy Products: List of Other Products, Kits and Consumables

5.5.              Liquid Biopsy Products: List of Contract Service Providers

 

  1.   COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.              Chapter Overview

6.2.              Amoy Diagnostics

6.2.1.           Company Overview

6.2.2.           Financial Information

6.2.3.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.2.4.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.              DiaCarta

6.3.1.           Company Overview

6.3.2.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.3.3.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.              HaploX

6.4.1.           Company Overview

6.4.2.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.4.3.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5.              NeoGenomics

6.5.1.           Company Overview

6.5.2.           Financial Information

6.5.3.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.5.4.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.              QIAGEN

6.6.1.           Company Overview

6.6.2.           Financial Information

6.6.3.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.6.4.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.              Swift Biosciences

6.7.1.           Company Overview

6.7.2.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.7.3.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.8.              Sysmex Inostics

6.8.1.           Company Overview

6.8.2.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.8.3.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.9.              Thermo Fisher Scientific

6.9.1.           Company Overview

6.9.2.           Financial Information

6.9.3.           Liquid Biopsy Product Portfolio

6.9.4.           Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1.   PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

7.1.              Chapter Overview

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

7.2.              Partnership Models

7.3.              List of Partnerships and Collaborations

7.3.1.           Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.           Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.           Analysis by Type of Tumor Marker

7.3.4.           Analysis by Target Cancer Indication

7.3.5.           Analysis by Type of Partner

7.3.6.           Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.7.           Regional Analysis

7.3.7.1.        Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1.   FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

8.1.              Chapter Overview

8.2.              Types of Funding

 

8.3.              List of Funding and Investment Instances

8.3.1.           Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

8.3.2.           Analysis by Amount Invested

8.3.3.           Analysis by Type of Funding

8.3.4.           Analysis by Target Cancer Indication

8.3.5.           Analysis by Type of Tumor Marker

8.3.6.           Most Active Players: Analysis by Amount Invested

8.3.7.           Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

8.3.8.           Regional Analysis by Amount Invested

 

8.4.              Concluding Remarks

 

  1.   LIQUID BIOPSY: INITIATIVES OF BIG PHARMA PLAYERS

9.1.              Chapter Overview

9.2.              Top Pharmaceutical Companies

9.2.1.           Analysis by Status of Development

9.2.2.           Analysis by Type of Tumor Marker

9.2.3.           Analysis by Application Area

9.2.4.           Analysis by Target Cancer Indication

 

  1.   KEY ACQUISITION TARGETS

10.1.            Chapter Overview

10.2.            Scope and Methodology

10.3.            Scoring Criteria and Key Assumptions

10.4.            Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in North America

10.5.            Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in Europe

10.6.            Potential Strategic Acquisition Targets in Asia-Pacific / Rest of the World

10.7.            Concluding Remarks

 

  1.   OTHER NON-INVASIVE CANCER DIAGNOSTICS

11.1.            Chapter Overview

11.2.            Non-Blood-based Biomarker Detection Tests

11.3.            FOBT and Fecal Immunochemical Tests (FIT)

11.4.            Pigmented Lesion Assays

11.5.            Stool DNA (sDNA)-based Tests

11.6.            Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Detection Tests

11.7.            Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics: Market Landscape

 

  1.   MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

12.1.            Chapter Overview

12.2.            Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

12.3.            Global Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030

 

12.3.1.         Global Liquid Biopsy Market, 2019-2030

12.3.1.1.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by Application Area, 2019-2030

12.3.1.1.1.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Early Diagnosis, 2019-2030

12.3.1.1.2.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Patient Monitoring, 2019-2030

12.3.1.1.3.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Recurrence Monitoring, 2019-2030

 

12.3.1.2.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by Target Cancer Indication, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.1.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Breast Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.2.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Lung Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.3.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.4.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Prostate Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.5.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Bladder Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.6.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Melanoma, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.7.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Gastric Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.8.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Pancreatic Cancer, 2019-2030

12.3.1.2.9.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Ovarian Cancer, 2019-2030

           

12.3.1.3.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by Type of Tumor Marker, 2019-2030

12.3.1.3.1.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for ctDNA, 2019-2030

12.3.1.3.2.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for cfDNA, 2019-2030

12.3.1.3.3.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for CTCs, 2019-2030

12.3.1.3.4.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Exosomes, 2019-2030

12.3.1.3.5.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Other Tumor Markers, 2019-2030

 

12.3.1.4.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by Type of Analyte, 2019-2030

12.3.1.4.1.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Blood, 2019-2030

12.3.1.4.2.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Other Body Fluids, 2019-2030 (USD Billion)

 

12.3.1.5.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by End User, 2019-2030

12.3.1.5.1.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Hospitals, 2019-2030

12.3.1.5.2.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Research Institutes, 2019-2030

12.3.1.5.3.   Global Liquid Biopsy Market for Other End Users, 2019-2030

 

12.3.1.6.      Global Liquid Biopsy Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.1.   Liquid Biopsy Market in the US, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.2.   Liquid Biopsy Market in the UK, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.3.   Liquid Biopsy Market in Germany, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.4.   Liquid Biopsy Market in France, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.5.   Liquid Biopsy Market in Italy, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.6.   Liquid Biopsy Market in Spain, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.7.   Liquid Biopsy Market in Japan, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.8.   Liquid Biopsy Market in China, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.9.   Liquid Biopsy Market in India, 2019-2030

12.3.1.6.10. Liquid Biopsy Market in Australia, 2019-2030

 

12.3.2.         Other Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market Forecast, 2019-2030

 

  1.   SURVEY INSIGHTS

13.1.            Chapter Overview

13.2.            Company Specifics of Respondents

13.3.            Designation of Respondents

13.4.            Type of Product Portfolio

13.5.            Types of Products / Services Offered

13.6.            Application Area

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

13.7.            Status of Development of the Products

13.8.            Likely Market Size

 

  1.   CONCLUSION

14.1.            Timely Disease Detection and Subsequent Monitoring are Critical Elements of Patient Care   

       in the Field of Oncology

14.2.            Introduction of Sophisticated Molecular Diagnostics has Facilitated Better Cancer

       Management

14.3.            Liquid Biopsy has Emerged as a Reliable Alternative to the Invasive Methods of Diagnosis

14.4.            The Versatile and Patient Friendly Nature of these Diagnostic Tools Cater to a Wide Range

       of Applications

14.5.            The Interest is Gradually Rising with Participation of Several Start-ups Across Different

       Geographies

14.6.            In Addition to Liquid Biopsy, Development of Other Non-Invasive Tests will Further

       Strengthen the Ongoing Innovation

14.7.            Rising Venture Capital Support is Indicative of a Lucrative Future Potential

14.8.            Primarily Led by Liquid Biopsy, the Non-Invasive Cancer Diagnostics Market has Emerged

       as a Multi-Billion Dollar Market

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

15.1.            Chapter Overview

15.2.            Interview Transcript: Shibichakravarthy Kannan, Founder & Chief Executive Officer,

       Theranosis Life Sciences

15.3.            Interview Transcript: Anton Iliuk, President and Chief Technology Officer, Tymora Analytical

       Operations

15.4.            Interview Transcript: Peter French, Strategic Technology Advisor, Sienna Cancer

       Diagnostics

15.5.            Interview Transcript: Joachim Fluhrer, Founder and Medical Director, Genostics

15.6.            Interview Transcript: Brad Walsh, Chief Executive Officer, Minomic International

15.7.            Interview Transcript: Catalina Vasquez, Chief Operating Officer, Nanostics

15.8.            Interview Transcript: Burkhard Jansen, Chief Medical Officer, DermTech

15.9.            Interview Transcript: Frank Szczepanski, President and CEO, IVDiagnostics

15.10.          Interview Transcript: Riccardo Razzini, Sales and Marketing Manager, LCM Genect

15.11.          Interview Transcript: Nathalie Bernard, Marketing Director, OncoDNA

15.12.          Interview Transcript: Abizar Lakdawalla, Founder, Proxeom

15.13.          Interview Transcript: Mark Li, CEO, Resolution Bioscience

15.14.          Interview Transcript: Christer Ericsson, Chief Scientific Officer, iCellate Medical

15.15.          Interview Transcript: Philippe Nore, CEO and Co-founder, MiNDERA

15.16.          Interview Transcript: Jake Micallef, Chief Scientific Officer, VolitionRx

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape of companies offering human factors engineering and usability testing services for medi

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 200+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies offering HFE and usability testing services based on several relevant parameters, including developer information (year of establishment, company size and location of headquarters), types of certifications obtained, types of HFE services offered in the concept phase (user research and use error risk analysis and management), design and development phase (prototype development and designing and interface development and designing), verification and validation phase (usability inspection, formative studies / usability verification, pre-validation testing / clinical trial, and summative studies / usability validation) and documentation / file compilation phase, types of other services offered (regulatory guidance, packaging and labeling, training and post market surveillance) and types of medical devices designed by the company (drug delivery devices, clinical use / care devices, diagnostic devices, therapeutic devices, home use medical devices and different laboratory and surgical equipment).
  • A detailed company competitiveness analysis of HFE and usability testing service providers, taking into consideration the supplier power (based on the year of establishment of developer) and other key specifications (such as core services offered, other services offered and types of medical devices designed) of players.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies, governing medical device HFE and usability testing services, across different regions.
  • A detailed discussion on the cost implications across various steps of the HFE and usability testing process.
  • Profiles of HFE and usability testing service providers (shortlisted on the basis of the number of services offered), featuring an overview of the company, details related to their HFE and usability testing service portfolio and an informed future outlook.
  • A discussion on important industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, featuring a qualitative Harvey ball analysis that highlights the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on the overall HFE and usability testing services market.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Type of steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation’

 

  • Device class
  • Class I medical devices
  • Class II medical devices
  • Class III medical devices

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players providing human factors engineering and usability testing services to medical device developers?
  • What is the cost associated with different steps of the human factors engineering and usability testing process for medical devices?
  • What kind of cost savings can be achieved through the adoption of the human factors engineering and usability testing approach for medical device development?
  • In the past, how has the adoption of human factors engineering and usability testing approaches impacted medical device recall rates?
  • How do the guidelines for human factors engineering and usability testing for medical devices, differ across key global regions?
  • What are the prevalent and emerging trends within the human factors engineering and usability testing service providers market?
  • How is the recent COVID-19 pandemic likely to impact human factors engineering and usability testing services market?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030
  2. Non-Invasive Neurostimulation Market, 2020-2030
  3. Medical Devices CROs Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

More than 90 companies claim to offer human factors engineering and usability testing services, catering to needs across different stages of the medical device development process, for medical devices, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

 

Human factors engineering and usability testing have now become an essential part of product design across almost all industries, offering developers the chance to optimize proprietary products in alignment to the preferences of consumers

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 1 Billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the human factors engineering and usability testing market has been analysed across the following segments:

  • Type of tools used
  • Generative tools
  • Evaluative tools

 

  • Type of steps involved
  • Contextual analysis
  • Task analysis
  • Design analysis
  • Formative studies
  • Use risk analysis
  • Known use error analysis
  • Summative studies
  • Regulatory document preparation’

 

  • Device class
  • Class I medical devices
  • Class II medical devices
  • Class III medical devices

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

The Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Agilis
  • Human Factors Consulting Service
  • Human Factors MD
  • User wise
  • Ximedica
  • Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACIMT)
  • Auxergo
  • THAY Medical
  • Ergotech
  • Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Regulatory Landscape

  4. Service Provider Landscape

 

  1. Company Competitive Analysis

  2. Company Profiles

  3. Cost Implications Related to Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

  4. Case Study: Medical Devices Recalls and Role of Human Factors Engineering

  5. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Case Study: Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market

  2. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The human factors engineering and usability testing service market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~14%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 35 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over time, a number of medical devices have been recalled due to various reasons; therefore, presently, HFE and usability testing is being perceived as a fundamental necessity in order to drive product development efforts
  • Currently, more than 90 companies claim to offer human factors engineering and usability testing services, catering to needs across different stages of the medical device development process
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of several well-established players and new entrants, many of which have varied service portfolios, focused on different types of medical devices
  • Players involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective service portfolios and gain an advantage over competitor firms
  • As device developers continue to rely on specialty service providers for critical inputs on device design, the HFE and usability testing services market is anticipated to register double digit growth in the long term

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/human-factors-engineering-and-usability-testing-services.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. 1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Context and Background

3.2.       Overview of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

3.2.1.    Human Factors Engineering (HFE)

3.2.2.    Usability Testing

3.2.3.    Ergonomics and Hedonomics

3.3.       Human Factors Considerations for Medical Device Design

3.3.1.    Users

3.3.2.    Use Environment

3.3.3.    Device-User Interface

 

3.4.       Human Factors and Usability Testing Process

3.5.       Advantages of Outsourcing HFE Testing Operations

3.6.       Risks and Challenges Associated with Outsourcing HFE Testing Services

3.7.       Key Considerations for Selecting an HFE and Usability Testing Partner

 

  1. REGULATORY LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Key Regulatory Authorities on Human Factors and Usability Testing Services

4.3.       Regulatory Landscape in North America

4.3.1.    FDA Recognized Standards on Human Factors

4.3.2.    FDA Guidance Documents related to Human Factors

4.3.3.    FDA Human Factors Engineering Process

 

4.4.       Regulatory Landscape in Europe

4.4.1.    EU-Recognized Standards on Human Factors

4.4.2.    EU Human Factors Engineering Process

 

4.5.       Human Factors Engineering Pathway: Comparison of Guidelines in the US and EU

4.5.1.    Alignment between Regulations in the US and EU

4.5.2.    Abbreviated Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

 

4.6.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. SERVICE PROVIDER LANDSCAPE

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers for Medical Devices: Overall Market Landscape

5.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.2.4.    Analysis by Types of Certifications Obtained

5.2.5.    Analysis by Types of Medical Device Designed

5.2.6.    Analysis by Types of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Offered

5.2.6.1. Analysis by Types of Services Offered in the Concept Phase

5.2.6.2. Analysis by Types of Services Offered in the Design and Development Phase

5.2.6.3. Analysis by Types Services Offered in the Verification and Validation Phase

5.2.7.    Analysis by Other Services Offered

 

5.3.       Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers for Medical Devices Software: Overall Market Landscape

5.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.3.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.3.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Assumptions and Key Parameters

6.3.       Methodology

 

6.4.       Company Competitiveness Analysis

6.4.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in North America

6.4.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in Europe

6.4.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Service Providers based in Asia

            Pacific / RoW

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Service Providers in North America

7.2.1.    Agilis

7.2.1.1. Company Overview

7.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.2.    Human Factors Consulting Service

7.2.2.1. Company Overview

7.2.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.2.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.3.    Human Factors MD

7.2.3.1. Company Overview

7.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.4.    User wise

7.2.4.1. Company Overview

7.2.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.4.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.5.    Ximedica

7.2.5.1. Company Overview

7.2.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.5.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.       Service Providers in Europe

7.3.1.    Austrian Center for Medical Innovation and Technology (ACMIT)

7.3.1.1. Company Overview

7.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.2.    Auxergo

7.3.2.1. Company Overview

7.3.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.2.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3.3.    THAY Medical

7.3.3.1. Company Overview

7.3.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.4.       Service Providers in Asia Pacific

7.4.1.    Ergotech

7.4.1.1. Company Overview

7.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.4.2.    Jonathan Bar-Or Industrial Design

7.4.2.1. Company Overview

7.4.2.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.2.3. Future Outlook

                       

  1. COST IMPLICATIONS RELATED TO HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING AND USABILITY TESTING PROCESS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Steps involved in Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

8.3.       Cost Distribution across the Different Steps of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

8.3.1.    Costs Associated with Contextual Inquiry

8.3.2.    Costs Associated with Task Analysis

8.3.3.    Costs Associated with Human Factors Assessment for Device Design

8.3.4.    Costs Associated with Formative Studies

8.3.5.    Costs Associated with Risk Analysis

8.3.6.    Costs Associated with Use Error Analysis

8.3.7.    Costs Associated with Summative Studies

8.3.8     Costs Associated with Regulatory Document Preparation

 

  1. CASE STUDY: MEDICAL DEVICE RECALLS AND ROLE OF HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Medical Device Recalls

9.3.       Five Major Medical Device Recalls Till-date

9.3.1.    West Pharmaceutical’s Fluid Transfer Systems

9.3.2.    Magellan Diagnostics’ Blood Lead Testing Systems

9.3.3.    Cook Medical’s Catheters

9.3.4.    Abbott’s Cardiac Pacemakers

9.3.5.    CareFusion’s Alaris Pump Module

9.4.       Human Factors Engineering: Managing the Risk of Device Recalls

9.4.1.    Cost Saving Potential Associated with Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing

 

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

10.3.     Overall Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Medical Devices, 2020-2030

 

10.4.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Tools Used, 2020, 2025 and 2030

10.4.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools, 2020-2030

10.4.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools, 2020-2030

 

10.5.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020, 2025 and 2030

10.5.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Contextual Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.3.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.4.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies, 2020-2030

10.5.5.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.6.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis, 2020-2030

10.5.7.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies, 2020-2030

10.5.8.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation, 2020-2030

 

10.6.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Device Class, 2020,2025 and 2030

10.6.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices, 2020-2030

10.6.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices, 2020-2030

10.6.3.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices, 2020-2030

 

10.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market: Distribution by Geography, 2020,2025 and 2030

 

10.7.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America:  Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.1.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.1.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in North America: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in North America, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.1.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.2.  Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.2.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Europe: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

 

10.7.3.       Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Types of Tools, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Generative Tools in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Evaluative Tools in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Types of Steps Involved in Usability Testing, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services for Contextual Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Task Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Design Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.4. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Formative Studies in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.5. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Use Risk Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.6. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Known Use Error Analysis in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.7. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Summative Studies in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.8. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Regulatory Document Preparation in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

 

10.7.3.3.    Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Asia Pacific: Distribution by Distribution by Device Class, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.1. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class I Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.2. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class II Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.3.3. Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market for Class III Devices in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

 

10.7.4.     Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING AND USABILITY TESTING SERVICES MARKET

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on the Approval of Medical Devices

11.2.1   The US Scenario

11.2.2.  The European Scenario

11.3.     Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak of Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Process

11.4.     Impact of Future Market Opportunity for Human Factors Engineering and Usability Testing Market

11.5.     Recuperative Strategies for CMO Business

11.5.1.  Strategies for Implementation in the Short / Mid Term

11.5.2.  Strategies for Implementation in the Long Term

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Strengths

12.3.     Weaknesses

12.4.     Opportunities

12.5.     Threats

12.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUSION

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Takeaways

 

14         EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     DCA Design International

14.2.1.  Company Snapshot

14.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Daniel Jenkins, Head of Research (Human Factors and Interaction)

14.3.     THAY Medical

14.3.1.  Company Snapshot

14.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Greg Thay, Managing Director (THAY Medical)

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals in China.

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 36 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 250+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering contract manufacturing services for biopharmaceuticals in China, along with information on year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, number of manufacturing facilities, as well as location of these facilities, type of business segment, type of manufacturing service(s) offered (process development and characterization, method validation and testing, analytical development, stability studies, quality assurance and control, scale-up, downstream processing, regulatory support, data analytics and reporting, and others), type of biologic(s) manufactured (peptides / proteins, antibodies, vaccines, cell therapies, gene therapies, antibody drug conjugates, vectors, biosimilars, nucleic acids and others), type of expression system(s) used (mammalian, microbial and others), type of bioreactor(s) used (single-use bioreactors and stainless steel bioreactors) and its mode of operation (batch, fed-batch and perfusion), type of packaging, and affiliations to regulatory accreditations and certifications (if any).
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to biopharmaceutical manufacturing in China, which have been established since 2016, based on several parameters, such as the year of partnership, type of partnership model adopted, scale of operation, type of biologic, focus area of the deal, target indication, most active players (in terms of number of partnerships signed), and geography.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by contract manufacturers in China, in order to augment their capabilities, over the period 2016-2020 (till February), taking into consideration several relevant parameters, such as year of expansion, type of expansion (capability expansion, capacity expansion, facility expansion and new facility), scale of operation of manufacturing facility, type of biologic and location of manufacturing facility.
  • A clinical trial analysis of completed and active studies related to biopharmaceuticals that have been / are being / are likely to be conducted in China, based on trial registration year, trial phase, trial recruitment status, type of sponsor / collaborator, geography and number of patients enrolled.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing biopharmaceuticals, based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain; it highlights the distribution of available biopharmaceutical production capacity on the basis of company size (small, mid-sized, large and very large firms), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), key geographical regions (China, Hong-Kong, Taiwan) and expression system used.
  • A review of recent initiatives undertaken by big pharma players in China for the manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals, highlighting trends across various parameters, such as number of initiatives, year of initiative, and benchmark analysis of big pharma players.
  • A qualitative analysis, highlighting the various factors that need to be taken into consideration by drug / therapy developers while deciding whether to manufacture their respective products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players that have a diverse range of capabilities for the development, manufacturing and packaging of biopharmaceutical products. Each profile features an overview of the company, its financial performance (if available), information on its service portfolio, details related to manufacturing capabilities and facilities, recent developments (partnerships and expansions), and an informed future outlook.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A discussion on industry affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the evolution of this field. It also includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on industry dynamics.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Product
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Expression System Used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Size of Manufacturers
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Type of Biologic
  • Antibody 
  • Vaccine
  • Others

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading biopharmaceutical contract manufacturers in China?
  • What is the annual clinical demand for biopharmaceuticals in China?
  • What is the current installed capacity for manufacturing biopharmaceuticals in China?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders engaged in this domain?
  • What were the various expansion initiatives carried out by Chinese biopharmaceutical CMOs?
  • What were the different biopharmaceutical focused initiatives undertaken by big pharma players in the recent past, in China?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  2. Live Biotherapeutics Products and Microbiome Contract Manufacturing Market: Focus on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Finished Dosage Forms, 2020-2030
  3. Oligonucleotide Synthesis, Modification and Purification Services Market: Focus on Research, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Applications, 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 35 CMOs / CDMOs in China claim to offer a variety of services related to development and manufacturing of a wide range of biotherapeutic products, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 36 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Owing to benefits, such as reduced manufacturing costs, availability of cheap and skilled labor, and a supportive regulatory landscape, biopharmaceutical developers from across the globe, are increasingly outsourcing their manufacturing operations to China based CMOs. Further, in order to meet the growing demand for their services, Chinese CMOs are actively consolidating / expanding their capabilities through partnerships and / or dedicated expansion initiatives.  

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 2.6 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the China biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Product 
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Expression System Used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Size of Manufacturer
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Type of Biologic 
  • Antibody 
  • Vaccine
  • Others

 

The China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • ChemPartner Biologics
  • JHL Biotech
  • JOINN Biologics
  • MabPlex
  • Mycenax Biotech
  • WuXi AppTec

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecules and Large Molecules

  4. Competitive Landscape

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Partnerships

  7. Recent Expansions

  8. Clinical Trial Analysis

  9. Regional Capability Analysis

  10. Capacity Analysis

  11. Big Pharma Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing Initiatives in China

  12. Make Versus Buy Decision Making Framework

  13. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. COVID-19 Impact on China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Future of the China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-biopharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/313.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

The Chines biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~13%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 36 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 35 CMOs / CDMOs in China claim to offer a variety of services related to development and manufacturing of a wide range of biotherapeutic products
  • Several players provide one-stop solutions and are capable of operating at various scales; the landscape includes a mix of both established players and new entrants
  • In order to cater to the evolving needs of clients / sponsors, CMOs have established facilities across different regions of China; Eastern China, with the maximum number of sites, has emerged as a manufacturing hub
  • With over 80 deals inked in past five years, there has been a surge in the partnership activity within this domain; majority of these collaborations were signed for the development and manufacturing of antibody-based products
  • Big pharma players have also made significant investments in this region, including establishing new facilities, expanding existing R&D centers and growing manufacturing facilities, focused on biotherapeutics
  • We expect global biopharmaceutical developers to continue to outsource their manufacturing operations to China in the long term; we anticipate the CMO industry in the region to grow at an annualized rate of ~13%, till 2030

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-biopharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/313.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.       Research Methodology
    1.3.       Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview

 

  • Overview of Biopharmaceuticals

 

3.3.       Manufacturing of Biopharmaceuticals

3.3.1.    Types of Expression Systems Used

3.3.1.1. Bacterial Expression Systems

3.3.1.2. Yeast Expression Systems

3.3.1.3. Insect Expression Systems

3.3.1.4. Plant Expression Systems

3.3.1.5. Mammalian Expression Systems

3.3.1.6. Fungal Expression Systems

 

3.3.2.    Processing Steps

3.3.2.1. Upstream Processing

3.3.2.2. Downstream Processing

 

3.4.       Overview of Contract Manufacturing

3.4.1.    Contract Manufacturing Scenario in China

3.5.       Need for Outsourcing in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

3.5.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in China: Regulatory Scenario

 

3.6.       Commonly Outsourced Operations in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

 

3.7.       Basic Guidelines for Selecting a CMO Partner

3.8.       Advantages of Outsourcing Manufacturing Services

3.8.1.    Benefits of Engaging Chinese Contract Service Providers

 

3.9.       Risks and Challenges Associated with Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing

3.9.1.    Challenges Associated with Engaging Chinese Contract Service Providers

3.10.     Future Perspective

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES

4.1.       Chapter Overview

 

4.2.       Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

4.2.1.    Comparison of Key Characteristics

4.2.2.    Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

4.2.3.    Comparison of Key Manufacturing-Related Challenges

           

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

5.1.       Chapter Overview

 

5.2.       Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape

5.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

5.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities

5.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Product

5.2.7.    Analysis by Types of Services Offered

5.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

5.2.9.    Analysis by Expression System Used

5.2.10.  Analysis by Type of Bioreactor Used

5.2.11.  Analysis by Mode of Operation of Bioreactor

5.2.12.  Analysis by Packaging Form Used

5.2.13.  Analysis by Regulatory Accreditations / Certifications

           

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1        Chapter Overview

 

6.2        ChemPartner Biologics

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Service Portfolio

6.2.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       JHL Biotech

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Service Portfolio

6.3.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.       JOINN Biologics

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Service Portfolio

6.4.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5        MabPlex

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Service Portfolio

6.5.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.       Mycenax Biotech

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Service Portfolio

6.6.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.       WuXi AppTec

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Financial Information

6.7.3.    Service Portfolio

6.7.4.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.7.5.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS

7.1        Chapter Overview

 

7.2.       Partnership Models

 

7.3.       Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Recent Partnerships

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.8.    Geographical Analysis

7.3.9.    Geographical Distribution by Number of Partnerships

7.3.10.  Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

 

8.2.       Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Recent Expansions

8.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Expansion

8.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Expansion

8.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

8.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

8.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Expansion Project

8.2.6.    Analysis by Capacity of Expanded Facility

8.2.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Expansions

8.2.8.    Analysis by Region

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

 

9.2.       Scope and Methodology

 

9.3        Clinical Trial Analysis: Biologic Drugs

9.3.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.3.2.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.3.3.    Analysis by Trial Status

9.3.4.    Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

9.3.5.    Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

9.3.6.    Analysis of Enrolled Patient Population by Trial Registration Year

9.3.7.    Analysis of Enrolled Patient Population by Trial Phase

9.3.8.    Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

9.3.9.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

9.3.10.  Analysis by Clinical Trial Center

  1. REGIONAL CAPABILITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions and Key Parameters

10.3.     Overall Landscape of Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers

10.4.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Northern China

10.5.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Eastern China

10.6.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Central China

10.7.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Southern China

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

 

11.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

 

11.3.     Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufactures: Installed Capacity

11.3.1.  Analysis by Company Size

11.3.2.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.3.3.  Analysis by Expression System Used

11.3.4.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.3.5.  Analysis by Company Size and Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.3.6.  Analysis by Company Size and Location of Manufacturing Facility

 

11.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. BIG PHARMA BIOPHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING INITIATIVES IN CHINA

12.1.     Chapter Overview

 

12.2.     List of Biopharmaceutical R&D and Manufacturing Initiatives of Big Pharma Players in China

12.2.1.  Analysis by Number of Initiatives

12.2.2.  Analysis by Year of Initiative

12.2.3.  Analysis by Company and Year of Initiative

 

12.2.4.  Analysis by Type of Initiative

12.2.5.  Analysis by Type of Biologic

 

12.3.     Competitive Benchmarking of Big Pharmaceutical Players

12.3.1.  Harvey Ball Analysis: Big Pharma Investment Summary

12.3.2.  Geographical Analysis by Investment Made

 

  1. MAKE VERSUS BUY DECISION MAKING FRAMEWORK

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Assumptions and Key Parameters

13.3.     Chines Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Make versus Buy Decision Making

13.4.     Conclusion                               

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

 

14.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

14.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030

14.3.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China for APIs, 2020-2030

14.3.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China for FDFs, 2020-2030

 

14.4.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Expression System Used

14.4.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Mammalian Systems

14.4.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Microbial Systems                   

14.4.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Other Expression Systems

 

14.5.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

14.5.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Scale Operations

14.5.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

           

14.6.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Size of Manufacturers

14.6.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

14.6.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

14.6.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Large and Very Large Companies

 

14.7.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Biologic

14.7.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Antibodies

14.7.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Vaccines

14.7.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Other Biologics

 

  1. COVID-19 Impact on China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Evaluation of Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak

 

15.2.1.   Initiatives and Opinions of Key Players

15.2.1.1. WuXi AppTec

 

15.2.1.2. Boehringer Ingelheim

15.2.1.3. GE Healthcare

15.2.1.4. Lonza

15.2.1.5. AmbioPharm

 

15.2.2. Impact of China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market

15.3.     Key Strategies to Adopt: A Bird’s Eye View

15.3.1.  Immediate Steps

15.3.2.  Short / Long-Term Steps

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Strengths

16.3.     Weaknesses

16.4.     Opportunities

16.5.     Threats

16.6.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

16.7.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. FUTURE OF THE CHINA BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CMO MARKET

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Outsourcing Activities Anticipated to Increase in Future

17.3.     Shift from One-time Contracts to Strategic Partnerships

17.4.     Adoption of Innovative Technologies

17.4.1.  Single Use Bioreactors

17.4.2.  Novel Bioprocessing Techniques

17.4.3.  Bioprocess Automation

 

17.5.     Growing Popularity of the Quality by Design Principle in Bioprocessing

17.6.     Increasing Focus on Niche Therapeutic Areas

17.7.     Biosimilars Market to Contribute to Contract Service Revenues

17.8.     Capability and Facility Expansions to Establish One Stop Shop Expertise

17.9.     Increase in Financial In-flow and Outsourcing Budgets

17.10.   Challenges Faced by Sponsors and Service Providers

17.10.1. Concerns Associated with Single Use Systems

17.10.2. Issues Related to Capacity Fluctuations

 

17.11.   Concluding Remarks

  1. INTERVIEW / SURVEY TRANSCRIPT(S)
  2. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA
  3. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANISTIONS

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 36 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Over time, pharmaceutical players have demonstrated significant interest in this domain and have launched clinical research initiatives to investigate the relevance and applications of these novel biomarkers. Several companies have already developed / are developing analytical tests for novel cancer biomarkers (TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs), intended to assist physicians in making personalized treatment decisions.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD  860 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the cancer biomarkers market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of test
  • Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs)
  • Companion Diagnostic Tests (CDx)

 

  • Type of disease indication
  • Breast cancer
  • Blood cancer
  • Colon / Colorectal cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Prostate Cancer

 

  • Type of cancer biomarker
  • TMB
  • MSI / MMR
  • TILs

 

  • Type of analytical technique
  • Next Generation Sequencing (NGS)
  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
  • Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Japan
  • China
  • Australia

 

The Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Foundation Medicine
  • NeoGenomics Laboratories
  • Novogene
  • Q2 Solutions
  • Personal Genome Diagnostics
  • Dr Lal PathLabs
  • Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Current Market Landscape

  4. Product Competitiveness Analysis

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Publication Analysis

  7. Innovative Designs for Biomarker-Based Clinical Trials

  8. Clinical Trial Analysis

  9. Market Forecast

  10. Future Growth Opportunities

  11. Case Study: Analysis of Needs of Stakeholders in The Companion Diagnostics Industry

  12. Case Study: Analysis of Value Chain in the Companion Diagnostics Industry

  13. Clinical Research on Cancer Biomarkers: A Big Pharma Perspective

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

Cancer biomarkers market for TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~18%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 36 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying key future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several novel biomarkers are presently under investigation for a variety of cancer indications; the initiatives of big pharmaceutical companies are indicative of the growing interest in this domain
  • Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions
  • Multiple tests are currently available for specific diseases indications; next generation sequencing has emerged as a key driver, enabling high throughput results and faster turnaround times
  • Companies involved in this domain are putting in significant efforts to develop efficient tests and differentiate their offerings, from those of other stakeholders, to maintain a competitive edge
  • Till date, close to 200 trials, evaluating the expression of novel biomarkers have been registered across different cancer indications, phases of development and geographical locations
  • The growing research activity in this domain is also evident across published scientific literature; several biomarker-focused studies are evaluating different types of immunotherapies
  • The growing interest in this field is also reflected by the 120+ partnerships have been signed in the last two years, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders
  • The opportunity is likely to be driven by the applicability of these tests across multiple cancer indications; the market is anticipated to grow as more biomarker based drugs get approved in the coming decade
  • The projected future opportunity is expected to be distributed across different application areas, types of analytical techniques used and various global regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Cancer Immunotherapy

3.2.1.    Cancer Immunotherapy Biomarkers

3.2.2.    Identification of a Candidate Biomarker

3.2.3.    Need for Novel Cancer Biomarkers

 

3.3.       Tumor Mutation Burden (TMB)

3.3.1.    Overview

3.3.2.    Variation of TMB across Multiple Indications

3.3.3.    Methods for Measurement of TMB

3.3.4.    Factors Affecting Measurement of TMB

3.3.5.    Initiatives for Assessment of TMB as a Potential Biomarker

 

3.4.       Microsatellite Instability / Mismatch Repair Deficiency (MSI / MMR)

3.4.1.    Overview

3.4.2.    Variation of MSI across Multiple Indications

3.4.3.    Methods of Measurement of MSI

 

3.5.       Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes and Other Novel Biomarkers

 

4          CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Cancer Biomarkers Testing Services: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Geographical Location

4.2.4.    Analysis by Test Availability

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Biomarker

4.2.6.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.7.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.2.8.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.2.9.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

4.2.10.  Analysis by Sample Input

4.2.11.  Analysis by Nucleic Acid Tested

4.2.12.  Key Players: Analysis by Type of Biomarker

 

4.3.       TMB Tests

4.3.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.3.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.3.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.3.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.4.       MSI / MMR Tests

4.4.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.4.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.5.       TIL-based Tests

4.5.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

5          PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Product Competitiveness Analysis: Key Assumptions and Methodology

5.2.1.    Tests for the Assessment of TMB

5.2.2.    Tests for the Assessment of MSI / MMR

5.2.3.    Tests for the Assessment of TILs

 

6          COMPANY PROFILES 

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Dr Lal PathLabs

6.2.1.    Company Overview      

6.2.2.    Financial Information    

6.2.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.2.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.2.3.1.1. Microsatellite Instability (MSI) by PCR 

6.2.3.1.2. OncoPro NCCN Lung Cancer Panel (*9 Genes *MSI)  

6.2.3.1.3. OncoPro Liquid Biopsy 73 Gene Panel with MSI          

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.3.       Foundation Medicine    

6.3.1.    Company Overview      

6.3.2.    Financial Information    

6.3.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.3.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.3.3.1.1. FoundationOne CDx  

6.3.3.1.2. FoundationOne Liquid

6.3.3.1.3. FoundationOne Heme

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

           

6.4.       NeoGenomics Laboratories       

6.4.1.    Company Overview      

6.4.2.    Financial Information    

6.4.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.4.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.4.3.1.1. NeoTYPE Discovery Profile for Solid Tumors  

6.4.3.1.2. MSI Analysis / MMR Panel by IHC      

6.4.3.1.3. MultiOmyx Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocyte Panel          

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.5.       Novogene        

6.5.1.    Company Overview      

6.5.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.5.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.5.2.1.1. NovoPM Cancer Panel           

6.5.2.1.2. NovoPM TMB

6.5.2.1.3. NovoPM bTMB

6.5.2.1.4. NovoPM MSI

6.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.       Q2 Solutions    

6.6.1.    Company Overview      

6.6.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.6.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.6.2.1.1. TMB Assay   

6.6.2.1.2. MSI Assay    

6.6.2.1.3. TILs Testing  

6.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.7.       Personal Genome Diagnostics  

6.7.1.    Company Overview      

6.7.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.7.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.7.2.1.1. PGDx elio Tissue Complete Assay     

6.7.2.1.2. PlasmaSELECT-R 64

6.7.2.1.3. CancerXOME-R         

6.7.2.1.4. CancerSELECT-R 125           

6.7.2.1.5. MutatorDETECT        

6.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.8.       Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology 

6.8.1.    Company Overview      

6.8.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.8.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.8.2.1.1. YuceOne Plus           

6.8.2.1.2. YuceOne ICIs

6.8.2.1.3. ct-DNA TMB  

6.8.2.1.4. Microsatellite (MSI) Test         

6.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

7          PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Methodology

7.3.       Cancer Biomarkers: List of Publications

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.3.2.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Biomarker

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Disease Indication

7.3.4.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Analytical Technique Used

7.3.5.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Cancer Therapy

7.3.6.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.4.       Publication Analysis: TMB

7.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.4.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.5.       Publication Analysis: MSI / MMR

7.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.5.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.6.       Publication Analysis: TILs

7.6.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.6.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.6.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.6.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

8          INNOVATIVE DESIGNS FOR BIOMARKER-BASED CLINICAL TRIALS

8.1.       Background and Context

8.2.       Biomarker-based Clinical Trial Designs

8.2.1.    Enrichment Design

8.2.2.    All-Comers Design

8.2.3.    Mixture / Hybrid Design

8.2.4.    Adaptive Design

8.3        Regulatory Considerations

 

9          CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Methodology

9.3.       Cancer Biomarkers: List of Clinical Trials

9.4.       Clinical Trial Analysis: TMB

9.4.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.4.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.4.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.4.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.4.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.4.6.    Most Active Players

9.4.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.4.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.4.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.4.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.5.       Clinical Trial Analysis: MSI / MMR

9.5.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.5.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.5.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.5.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.5.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.5.6.    Most Active Players

9.5.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.5.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.5.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.5.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.6.       Clinical Trial Analysis: TILs

9.6.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.6.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.6.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.6.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.6.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.6.6.    Most Active Players

9.6.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.6.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.6.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.6.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.7        Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Biomarker

9.8        Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Disease Indication

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions

10.3      Forecast Methodology

10.4.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.5.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.6.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.7.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.8.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.8.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.9.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.9.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.10.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.11.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.12.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.12.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-        2030 (By Value)

10.13.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.13.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.14.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.18.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.21.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

  1. FUTURE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.1.1.  Increasing Focus on Precision Medicine

11.1.2.  Rise in Number of Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

11.1.3.  Emerging Technologies for Biomarker Assessment

11.1.4.  Development of Companion Diagnostic Products

11.1.5.  Other Opportunities

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF NEEDS OF STAKEHOLDERS IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Needs of Different Stakeholders

12.3.     Comparison of Needs of Various Stakeholders

12.3.1.  Needs of Drug Developers

12.3.2.  Needs of Companion Diagnostics Developers

12.3.3.  Needs of Regulatory Authorities

12.3.4.  Needs of Testing Laboratories

12.3.5.  Needs of Payers / Insurance Providers

12.3.6.  Needs of Physicians

12.3.7.  Needs of Patients

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF VALUE CHAIN IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Components of the Value Chain

13.3.     Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Cost Distribution

13.3.1.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Research and Product Development

13.3.2.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Costs Associated with Manufacturing and Assembly

13.3.3.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Clinical Trials, FDA Approval and Other Administrative Tasks

13.3.4.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Payer Negotiation and KoL Engagement

13.3.5.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Marketing and Sales

 

  1. CLINICAL RESEARCH ON CANCER BIOMARKERS: A BIG PHARMA PERSPECTIVE

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Methodology

14.3.     Clinical Trial Analysis

14.3.1.  List of Likely Drug Candidates for IVD Developers

14.4.     Cumulative Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Registration Year, 2016-2019

14.4.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.4.4.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Biomarkers

 

14.4.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.7.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.5.     Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Most Popular Indications

14.5.1.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.2.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Less Popular / Other Indications

14.5.3.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Indications in Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

14.5.4.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Indication

14.5.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Indications

14.6.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development

14.6.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.6.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.6.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Biomarkers

14.6.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Indications

14.6.5.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Indications

14.6.6.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Indications

14.7.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor

14.7.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.7.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.7.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Indications

14.7.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Indications

14.8.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Recruitment Status

14.9.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Therapy Design

14.10.   Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Geography

14.10.1. Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

14.11.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Most Popular Indications

14.12.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Moderately Popular Indications

14.13.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Other Emerging Indications

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS
  2. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA
  3. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of these therapeutics over the next decade.

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 320+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, providing information on drug developer(s), phase of development (marketed, clinical and preclinical / discovery stage) of lead candidates, type of molecule (small molecule and biologic), type of treatment (personalized and off-the-shelf), type of therapy (monotherapy and combination therapy), type of immunotherapy, target indication, line of treatment, and route of administration of the drugs / therapies that are being developed for the treatment of cancer.
  • Detailed profiles of developers of neoantigen targeted therapies (shortlisted on the basis of the number of pipeline products), featuring an overview of the company, its financial information (if available), a detailed description of its product portfolio and recent collaborations. In addition, each profile includes an informed future outlook.
  • A detailed publication analysis of close to 300 peer-reviewed, scientific articles published during the period 2015-2019 (till February), highlighting the research focus within the industry. It also highlights the key trends observed across the publications, including information on target disease indications, affiliated cancer immunotherapies, and analysis based on various relevant parameters, such as study type (review article, research article and meta-analysis), year of publication, and most popular journals (in terms of number of articles published in the given time period) within this domain.
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to neoantigens till April 2019. It includes information on key parameters, such as patent type, publication year, issuing authority, assigned CPC symbol, emerging focus areas and leading industry / academic players (in terms of size of intellectual property portfolio).
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to neoantigen targeting therapies, which have been established till March 2019, based on various parameters, such as the type of partnership, year of partnership, target disease indications, type of immunotherapy and the most active players.
  • An analysis of the investments made, including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings, at various stages of development in companies that are focused on developing neoantigen targeted therapies.
  • Informed estimates of the existing market size and the future opportunity for neoantigen targeted therapies, over the next decade. Based on multiple parameters, such as disease prevalence, anticipated adoption of neoantigen targeted therapies and the likely selling price of such therapeutic products, we have provided informed estimates on the evolution of the market for the period 2019-2030.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of target disease indication
  • Bone cancer
  • Colorectal cancer
  • Gynecological cancer
  • Non-small cell lung cancer
  • Renal cell carcinoma
  • Other cancers

 

  • Type of neoantigens
  • Personalized neoantigens
  • Off-the-shelf neoantigens

 

  • Type of immunotherapy
  • Dendritic cell vaccines

Press Release: Variation 4 (Format 5)

 

  • DNA / RNA-based vaccines
  • Protein / peptide-based vaccines
  • TIL-based therapies

 

  • Route of administration
  • Intradermal
  • Intravenous
  • Subcutaneous
  • Other routes

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Rest of the World

 

The report also features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom neoantigen targeted therapies are expected to be the next big step in cancer immunotherapy. Similar to CAR-T cell therapies, these therapies have, so far, demonstrated significant therapeutic potential and promising clinical outcomes. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Gabriel Nistor (Chief Science Officer, AIVITA Biomedical)
  • Ella Sorani (Vice President Research and Development, BioLineRx)
  • Heinz Lubenau (Chief Operating Officer & Co-founder, VAXIMM)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link             

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the prevalent trends related to R&D activity focused on neoantigen based therapies?
  • What are the clinical conditions for which neoantigen targeted therapies are being developed?
  • What are the key challenges faced by neoantigen-based therapy developed?
  • Who are the leading industry and non-industry players?
  • What are the key factors that are likely to influence the evolution of the neoantigen targeted therapies market?
  • What are the reasons for partnership activity among stakeholders in this industry?
  • Who are the key investors in neoantigen targeted therapies?
  • What is share of neoantigen targeted therapies in the immunotherapy market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments and geographies?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. T-Cell Immunotherapies Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Novel Immuno-Oncology Biomarker Testing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030

 

Contact Us:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, over 150 neoantigen targeted therapies are being evaluated for advanced cancer indications and are designed for delivery via different routes of administration

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

The use of neoantigens in therapy has demonstrated the ability to elicit a strong T cell mediated immune response. Several therapy candidates are being investigated both as monotherapies and in combination with various immune checkpoint inhibitors, such as atezolizumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, and nivolumab. Of these, certain pipeline candidates have already entered mid to late-stage (phase II and above) trials and are anticipated to enter the market over the next 5-10 years.

 

To order this 320+ page report, which features 110+ figures and 140+ tables, please visit this link  

 

The USD 3 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the neoantigens market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of target disease indication
  • Bone cancer
  • Colorectal cancer
  • Gynecological cancer
  • Non-small cell lung cancer
  • Renal cell carcinoma
  • Other cancers

 

  • Type of neoantigens
  • Personalized neoantigens
  • Off-the-shelf neoantigens

 

  • Type of immunotherapy
  • Dendritic cell vaccines
  • DNA / RNA-based vaccines
  • Protein / peptide-based vaccines
  • TIL-based therapies

 

  • Route of administration
  • Intradermal
  • Intravenous
  • Subcutaneous
  • Other routes

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Rest of the World

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom neoantigen targeted therapies are expected to be the next big step in cancer immunotherapy. Similar to CAR-T cell therapies, these therapies have, so far, demonstrated significant therapeutic potential and promising clinical outcomes. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Gabriel Nistor (Chief Science Officer, AIVITA Biomedical)
  • Ella Sorani (Vice President Research and Development, BioLineRx)
  • Heinz Lubenau (Chief Operating Officer & Co-founder, VAXIMM)

 

The Neoantigen Targeted Therapies, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Bavarian Nordic
  • Genocea Biosciences

Press Release: Variation 3 (Format 4)

 

  • Gradalis
  • Immunicum
  • Immunovative Therapies
  • Iovance Biotherapeutics
  • Medigene
  • Neon Therapeutics
  • Precision Biologics
  • Vaxon Biotech

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

 

  1. Market Overview

  2. Company Profiles: Neoantigen Targeted Therapies

  3. Publication Analysis

  4. Patent Analysis

  5. Partnerships and Collaborations

  6. Funding and Investment Analysis

  7. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

  8. Concluding Remarks

  9. Executive Insights

  10. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

  11. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/neoantigen-targeted-therapies-market-2019-2030/257.html

 

Contact Details:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The neoantigen targeted therapies market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of 57%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Neoantigen Targeted Therapies, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 320+ page report, which features 110+ figures and 140+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, over 150 neoantigen targeted therapies are being evaluated for advanced cancer indications and are designed for delivery via different routes of administration
  • Several molecules are in early stages of clinical development; based on delivery strategies, variety of vaccines and immunotherapies have been established for targeting personalized and shared antigens
  • Over the years, more than 6,000 patents related to neoantigens and affiliated therapies have been granted / filed; this is indicative of the heightened pace of research in this field
  • Both industry and academic players are contributing to the innovation, which is evident across published scientific literature focused on multiple targeted therapies for a myriad of cancer indications
  • Several investors, having realized the untapped opportunity within this emerging segment of cancer immunotherapy, have invested over USD 7 billion across 150 instances in the period between 2014 and 2019
  • The increasing traction in this field is also reflected in the partnership activity; deals inked in the recent past focused on a diverse range of therapies, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders
  • The market will receive the required impetus after approval of the first neoantigen targeted therapy; the future growth is likely to be driven by the successful clinical outcomes of the late-stage molecules
  • In fact, opinions from industry experts confirm the vast potential of this segment of cancer immunotherapy, capable of targeting personalized / off-the-shelf tumour antigens with multiple types of vaccines and therapies

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/neoantigen-targeted-therapies-market-2019-2030/257.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Concept of Immunotherapy

3.3.       History of Cancer Immunotherapy

3.4.       Limitations of Cancer Immunotherapy

3.5.       Targeting Tumor-Specific Neoantigens

3.5.1.    Types of Neoantigens

3.5.2.    Role of Neoantigens in Cancer Immunotherapy

3.5.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies

3.5.3.1. Identification and Selection of Neoantigens

3.5.3.2. Delivery of Neoantigen Targeted Therapies

3.6.       Key Challenges and Future Perspectives

 

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

  1. MARKET OVERVIEW

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Marketed and Development Pipeline

4.3.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Pipeline Analysis

4.3.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

4.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

4.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Immunotherapy

4.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.3.5.    Analysis by Route of Administration

4.3.6.    Analysis by Target Disease Indication

4.3.7.    Analysis by Type of Neoantigen

4.3.8.    Analysis by Line of Therapy

4.3.9.    Funnel Analysis: Analysis by Phase of Development, Type of Immunotherapy and Type of Therapy          

4.3.10.  Heptagon Representation: Analysis by Phase of Development and Route of Administration

 

4.4.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: List of Drug Developers

4.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.    Analysis by Company Size and Geographical Location

4.4.3.    Leading Developers

4.4.4.    Analysis by Geography

4.5        Grid Analysis: Analysis by Target Disease Indication, Company Size and Location

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES: NEOANTIGEN TARGETED THERAPIES

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Bavarian Nordic

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Financial Information

5.2.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.2.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.2.5.    Future Outlook

 

5.3.       Genocea Biosciences

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Financial Information

5.3.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.3.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.3.5.    Future Outlook

 

5.4.       Gradalis

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.4.3.    Recent Collaborations

5.4.4.    Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Immunicum

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Financial Information

5.5.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.5.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.5.5.    Future Outlook

 

5.6.       Immunovative Therapies

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.6.3.    Recent Collaborations

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

5.6.4.    Future Outlook

 

5.7.       Iovance Biotherapeutics

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Financial Information

5.7.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.7.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.7.5.    Future Outlook

 

5.8.       MediGene

5.8.1.    Company Overview

5.8.2.    Financial Information

5.8.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.8.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.8.5.    Future Outlook

 

5.9.       Neon Therapeutics

5.9.1.    Company Overview

5.9.2.    Financial Information

5.9.3.    Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Portfolio

5.9.4.    Recent Collaborations

5.9.5.    Future Outlook

 

  1. PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Methodology

 

6.3.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: List of Publications

6.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication

6.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Study

6.3.3.    Analysis by Study Objective

6.3.4.    Analysis by Affiliated Therapies

6.3.5.    Analysis by Target Disease Indication

6.3.6.    Key Journals: Analysis by Number of Publications

 

  1. PATENT ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Scope and Methodology

7.3.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Patent Analysis

7.3.1.    Analysis by Publication Year

7.3.2.    Analysis by Geographical Location

7.3.3.    Analysis by CPC Classifications

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Industry

7.3.5.    Emerging Focus Areas

7.3.6.    Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Patents

 

7.4.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Patent Benchmarking Analysis

7.4.1.    Analysis by Patent Characteristics

7.5.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Patent Valuation Analysis

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Partnership Models

8.3.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

8.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

8.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

8.3.3.   Analysis by Type of Immunotherapy

8.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Partnership and Type of Product

8.3.5.    Analysis by Type of Partnership and Target Disease Indication

8.3.6.    Regional Analysis

8.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Types of Funding

 

9.3.       Neoantigen Targeted Therapies: Funding and Investment Analysis

9.3.1.    Analysis by Number of Instances

9.3.2.    Analysis by Amount Invested

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Funding

9.3.4.    Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Types of Therapies

9.3.5.    Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Types of Indications

9.3.4.    Analysis by Geography

9.3.5.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Amount of Funding

9.3.6.    Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Instances

 

9.4.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

10.1      Chapter Overview

10.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

10.3.     Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030

10.3.1.  Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market: Distribution by Region, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.2.  Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-

2030 (USD Million)

10.3.2.1Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Bone and Cartilage Cancer, 2019-

2030 (USD Million)

10.3.2.2.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030

10.3.2.3.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Gynecological Cancers, 2019-2030 (USD

Million)

10.3.2.4.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Head and Neck Cancer, 2019-2030 (USD

Million)

10.3.2.5.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Hepatocellular Carcinoma, 2019-2030 (USD

Million)

10.3.2.6.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Lung Cancer, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.2.7.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Renal Carcinoma, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.2.8.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Other Cancers, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.3.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030

(USD Million)

10.3.3.1.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Personalized Neoantigen Targeted

Therapies, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.3.2.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Off-the-shelf Neoantigen Targeted Therapies,

2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.3.4.  Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.4.1.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Dendritic Cell Vaccines, 2019-2030 (USD

Million)

10.3.4.2.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for DNA / RNA-based Vaccines, 2019-2030

(USD Million)

10.3.4.3.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Protein / Peptide-based Vaccines, 2019-2030

(USD Million)

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

10.3.4.4.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for TIL-based Therapies, 2019-2030 (USD

Million)

 

10.3.5.  Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.3.5.1.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Intradermal Route of Administration, 2019-

2030 (USD Million)

10.3.5.2.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Intravenous Route of Administration, 2019-

2030 (USD Million)

10.3.5.3.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Subcutaneous Route of Administration, 2019-

2030 (USD Million)

10.3.5.4.Global Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market for Other Routes of Administration, 2019-2030

(USD Million)

 

10.4.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the US, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.4.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the US: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.4.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the US: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.4.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the US: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.4.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the US: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.5.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the UK, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.5.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the UK: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.5.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the UK: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.5.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the UK: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.5.4.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in the UK: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.6.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Germany, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.6.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Germany: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.6.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Germany: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.6.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Germany: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.6.4.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Germany: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.7.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in France, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.7.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in France: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.7.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in France: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.7.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in France: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.7.4.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in France: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.8.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Italy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

Press Release: Variation 2 (Format 3)

 

10.8.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Italy: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.8.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Italy: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.8.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Italy: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.8.4.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Italy: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.9.     Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Spain, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.9.1.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Spain: Distribution by Target Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.9.2.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Spain: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.9.3.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Spain: Distribution by Type of Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.9.4.  Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Spain: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

10.10.   Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Rest of the World, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.10.1.Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Rest of the World: Distribution by Target Disease

Indication, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.10.2.Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of Neoantigen,

2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.10.3.Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of

Immunotherapy, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

10.10.4.Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market in Rest of the World: Distribution by Route of

Administration, 2019-2030 (USD Million)

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     AIVITA Biomedical

12.2.1.  Company Snapshot

12.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Gabriel Nistor (Chief Scientific Officer)

 

12.3.     BioLineRx

12.3.1.  Company Snapshot

12.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Ella Sorani (Vice President Research and Development)

 

12.3.     VAXIMM

12.3.1.  Company Snapshot

12.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Heinz Lubenau (Chief Operating Officer and Co-Founder)

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The ‘Contract Regulatory Affairs Management Market for Medical Devices, 2019-2030’ report features a detailed study on the current landscape of contract service providers focused on regulatory affairs management for medical devices.

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 550+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

 

  • A detailed review of the current market landscape of the medical devices regulatory affairs outsourcing market, featuring a list of over 400 CROs engaged in this domain, and detailed analysis based on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, size of employee base, geographical location, device class (class I, class II, and class III), type and size of clientele (medical device developers, medical device manufacturers, medical device research organizations, and others), types of services offered, ([A] regulatory management services (such as legal representation, notified body selection, project registration and clinical trial application, regulatory writing and publishing, regulatory document submission, product labelling related service, gap-analysis, technical dossier set-up, vigilance & medical device report, risk management-related services), [B] additional services (such as biostatistics, consulting, clinical operations, post-marketing activities, quality assurance, reimbursement, training)), region(s) of operation wherein the company is offering regulatory management services.
  • A detailed discussion on the need for regulatory review / oversight across different stages of the medical devices supply chain, with emphasis on the optimization of the supply chain using upcoming tools / technologies (such as artificial intelligence, big data analytical, blockchain, internet of things and others).
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies for medical device approval across North America (the US, Canada and Mexico), Europe (France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the UK and rest of Europe), Asia-Pacific and rest of the world (Australia, Brazil, China, India, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand). The report also features an insightful multi-dimensional, heat map analysis, featuring a comparison of the contemporary regulatory and reimbursement scenarios in key geographies across the globe.
  • Elaborate profiles of popular players that specialize in offering end-to-end regulatory services for medical devices across key geographies (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific). Each profile features a brief overview of the company, including information on company headquarters, year of establishment, number of employees, and therapeutic area expertise, financial information (if available), detailed description of service portfolio, and an informed future outlook.
  • A benchmark analysis, highlighting the key focus areas of very small-sized, small-sized, mid-sized and large companies, comparing their existing capabilities within and beyond their respective peer groups, providing a means for stakeholders to identify ways to gain a competitive edge in the industry.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various outsourcing business models adopted for regulatory affairs management, along with an insightful Harvey ball analysis of key considerations that need to be assessed by industry stakeholders while selecting a CRO partner.
  • An analysis highlighting the key performance indicators used by sponsor companies to evaluate service providers that are active in the domain, based on information gathered via secondary research (for top-ten medical device players) and primary research.
  • A survey analysis featuring inputs solicited from various experts who are directly / indirectly involved in providing regulatory affairs management services to medical device developers.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Medical Device Class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • CNS Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Ophthalmological Disease
  • Orthopedic Disorders
  • Pain Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Regulatory Affairs Service
  • Pharmacies GAP-Analysis
  • Pharmacies Legal Representation
  • Pharmacies Notified Body Selection
  • Product Labelling-related Services
  • Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications
  • Regulatory Document Submissions
  • Regulatory Writing and Publishing
  • Risk Management-related Services
  • Technical Dossier Set-up
  • Vigilance & Medical Device Report

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading CROs offering regulatory affairs-management services for medical devices?
  • What are differences in regulatory guidelines for medical device approval, across various geographies?
  • What are the key performance indicators used by sponsors to evaluate potential service providers?
  • What are the popular outsourcing models used by medical device companies for regulatory affairs-management purposes?
  • What are the key challenges faced by medical device developers / manufacturers in terms of regulations related to medical device approvals?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Viral Vectors, Non-Viral Vectors and Gene Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Medical Device Labels Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Over 400 companies claim to possess the required expertise to offer regulatory affairs management-related services to medical device-focused business entities, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

More than 130 medical devices were approved by the FDA since January 2018, while several are currently being evaluated across more than 9,500 (active) clinical trials, worldwide. Even though technical innovation has enabled the development of a variety of versatile medical devices, product approval, given stringent regulatory standards, is still a concern.

 

To order this 550+ page report, which features 245+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 820 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the contract regulatory affairs-management services market for medical devices has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Medical Device Class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • CNS Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Ophthalmological Disease
  • Orthopedic Disorders
  • Pain Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Regulatory Affairs Service
  • Pharmacies GAP-Analysis
  • Pharmacies Legal Representation
  • Pharmacies Notified Body Selection
  • Product Labelling-related Services
  • Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications
  • Regulatory Document Submissions
  • Regulatory Writing and Publishing
  • Risk Management-related Services
  • Technical Dossier Set-up
  • Vigilance & Medical Device Report

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The Contract Regulatory Affairs-Management Market for Medical Devices, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • CTI Clinical Trial and Consulting Services
  • CROMSOURCE
  • ICON
  • Intertek
  • Medpace
  • MIC Medical
  • North American Science Associates (NAMSA)
  • Parexel
  • PharmaLex
  • Premier Research 
  • Société Générale de Surveillance (SGS)
  • Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Role of Regulatory Affairs in Medical Device Supply Chain

  4. Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape for Medical Devices

  5. Competitive Landscape

  6. Company Profiles

  7. Competitive Benchmarking

  8. Guide to Regulatory Outsourcing Models

  9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs: Key Performance Indicators

  10. Market Forecast

  11. Conclusion

  12. Survey Insights

  13. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit  https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/med-dev-regulatory/282.html  

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The contract regulatory affairs-management services market for medical devices is estimated to be worth USD 820 million by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6.9%,

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 38 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Medical Device CROs for Regulatory Affairs Management Market, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 550+ page report, which features 245+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 400 companies claim to possess the required expertise to offer regulatory affairs management-related services to medical device-focused business entities
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants; majority of such firms are located in the developed geographies
  • Service providers are catering to a diverse clientele, enabling sponsors to compliance to the standards of both regional and international regulators
  • Owing to the high competition, companies involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to augment their respective service portfolios and comply to evolving industry benchmarks
  • CROs are actively engaged in expanding their global footprint in order to enable their clients to navigate the technical and regulatory complexities across various geographies
  • The medical device regulatory affairs outsourcing market is anticipated to grow at an annualized rate of 6.8%; the opportunity is likely to be distributed across different therapeutic areas and geographies
  • Based on prevalent and anticipated trends, the revenue share will vary across important market segments, such as different types of services, size of service provider and device class

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/med-dev-regulatory/282.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2. Research Methodology
    1.3. Chapter Outlines

    2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview

3.2. Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

3.2.1. Evolution of CROs

3.3. Role of CROs in the Medical Device Industry

3.4. Types of Medical Device CROs

3.5. Types of Services Offered by CROs

3.5.1. Types of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services Offered by CROs

3.6. Need for Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Operations for Medical Devices

3.7. Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CRO Partner

3.8. Advantages of Working with CROs

3.9. Risks and Challenges Related to Working with CROs

3.10. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. ROLE OF REGULATORY AFFAIRS IN MEDICAL DEVICE SUPPLY CHAIN

4.1. Chapter Overview

4.2. Overview of Medical Device Supply Chain

4.2.1. Importance of Regulatory Affairs in Medical Device Supply Chain

4.2.1.1. Concept and Feasibility Assessment Stage

4.2.1.2. Preclinical Stage

4.2.1.3. Manufacturing / Production Stage

4.2.1.4. Marketing Stage

4.2.1.5. Post-Marketing Stage

4.3. Factors Affecting the Medical Device Supply Chain

4.4. Key Performance Indicators for Medical Device Supply Chain Management

4.5. Optimization of Regulatory Affairs in the Medical Device Supply Chain

4.5.1. Digitalization of the Medical Device Supply Chain

 

  1. REGULATORY AND REIMBURSEMENT LANDSCAPE FOR MEDICAL DEVICES

5.1. Chapter Overview

5.2. General Regulatory and Reimbursement Guidelines for Medical Devices

5.3. Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in North America

5.3.1. The US Scenario

5.3.1.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.1.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.1.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.1.3.1. Payer Mix

5.3.1.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.3.2.    The Canadian Scenario

5.3.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.3.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.3.3.    The Mexican Scenario

5.3.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.3.3.1. Payer Mix

 

5.4.       Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in Europe

5.4.1.    Overall Scenario

5.4.1.1. Overall Regulatory Authority

5.4.1.2. Overall Review / Approval Process

5.4.2.    The UK Scenario

5.4.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.3.    The French Scenario

5.4.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.3.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.3.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.4.    The German Scenario

5.4.4.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.4.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.4.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.4.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.4.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.5.    The Italian Scenario

5.4.5.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.5.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.5.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.5.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.5.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.6.    The Spanish Scenario

5.4.6.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.6.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.6.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.6.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.6.3.2. Reimbursement Process

 

5.5.       Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

5.5.1.    The Australian Scenario

5.5.1.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.1.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.1.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.1.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.1.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.2.    The Brazilian Scenario

5.5.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.3.    The Chinese Scenario

5.5.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.3.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.3.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.4.    The Indian Scenario

5.5.4.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.4.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.4.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.4.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.5.    The Israeli Scenario

5.5.5.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.5.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.5.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.5.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.6.    The Japanese Scenario

5.5.6.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.6.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.6.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.6.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.6.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.7.    The New Zealand Scenario

5.5.7.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.7.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.7.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.7.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.7.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.8.    The Singaporean Scenario

5.5.8.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.8.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.8.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.8.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.8.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.9.    The South Korea Scenario

5.5.9.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.9.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.9.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.9.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.9.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.10. The South African Scenario

5.5.10.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.10.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.10.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.11. The Taiwanese Scenario

5.5.11.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.11.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.11.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.11.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.11.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.12. The Thailand Scenario

5.5.12.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.12.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.12.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.6.       Comparison of Regional Regulatory Environment

5.7.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: List of Companies

6.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

6.2.2.    Analysis by Size of Employee Base

6.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

6.2.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Geography

6.3.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Area of Specialization

6.3.1.    Analysis by Area of Specialization

6.4.       CROs Offering Medical Device Regulatory Services: Information on Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services Offered

6.4.1.    Analysis by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service Offered

6.4.2.    Analysis by Year of Establishment, Geography and Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services           Offered

6.5.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Type of  Additional Services Offered

6.5.1.    Analysis by Type of Additional Services Offered

6.6.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Device Class

6.6.1.    Analysis by Device Class

6.7.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Type and Size of Clientele

6.7.1.    Analysis by Type and Size of Clientele

6.8.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Medical Device Regulatory Compliance Authorities

6.8.1.    Analysis by Medical Device Regulatory Compliance Authorities

 

6.9.       CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Geographical Reach (Region-wise)

6.9.1.    Analysis by Geographical Reach (Region-Wise)

 

6.10.     CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Geographical Reach (Country-wise)

6.10.1.  Analysis by Geographical Reach (Country-Wise)

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

7.1. Chapter Overview

 

7.2. CROs Headquartered in North America

7.2.1. CTI Clinical Trial and Consulting (CTI)

7.2.1.1. Company Overview

7.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.2. Medpace

7.2.2.1. Company Overview

7.2.2.2 Financial Information

7.2.2.3. Service Portfolio

7.2.2.4. Future Outlook

 

7.2.3. NAMSA

7.2.3.1. Company Overview

7.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.4. PAREXEL

7.2.4.1. Company Overview

7.2.4.2 Financial Information

7.2.4.3. Service Portfolio

7.2.4.4. Future Outlook

 

7.2.5. Premier Research

7.2.5.1. Company Overview

7.2.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.5.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.6. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

7.2.6.1. Company Overview

7.2.6.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.6.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3. CROs Headquartered in Europe

7.3.1. CROMSOURCE

7.3.1.1. Company Overview

7.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.1.3 Future Outlook

 

7.3.2. ICON

7.3.2.1. Company Overview

7.3.2.2 Financial Information

7.3.2.3. Service Portfolio

7.3.2.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.3. Intertek

7.3.3.1. Company Overview

7.3.3.2 Financial Information

7.3.3.3. Service Portfolio

7.3.3.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.4. PharmaLex

7.3.4.1. Company Overview

7.3.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.4.3 Future Outlook

7.3.5. Société Générale de Surveillance (SGS)

7.3.5.1. Company Overview

7.3.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.5.3 Future Outlook

 

7.3.4. SteriPack

7.3.4.1. Company Overview

7.3.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.4.3 Future Outlook

 

7.4. CROs Headquartered in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

7.4.1. MIC Medical

7.4.1.1. Company Overview

7.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.1.3 Recent Developments

 

  1. COMPETITIVE BENCHMARKING

8.1. Chapter Overview

8.2. Benchmark Analysis: Methodology

8.3. Region-wise Benchmark Analysis

8.3.1. North America, Peer Group I

8.3.2. North America, Peer Group II

8.3.3. North America, Peer Group III

8.3.4. North America, Peer Group IV

8.3.5. Europe, Peer Group V

8.3.6. Europe, Peer Group VI

8.3.7. Europe, Peer Group VII

8.3.8. Europe, Peer Group VIII

8.3.9. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group IX

8.3.10. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group X

8.3.11. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group XI

8.3.12. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group XII

8.4. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. GUIDE TO REGULATORY OUTSOURCING MODELS

9.1. Chapter Overview

9.2. Guiding Models for Regulatory Outsourcing

 

9.2.1. Functional Service Providers (FSP) Model: Large Medical Device Developers

9.2.1.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.2.2. End-to-End Model: Small-Sized Medical Device Developers

9.2.2.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.2.3. Hybrid Model: Mid-Sized Medical Device Developers

9.2.3.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.3. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MEDICAL DEVICE REGULATORY AFFAIRS: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

10.1. Chapter Overview

10.2. Definition and Importance of Key Performance Indicators

10.3. Key Considerations for Selection of Key Performance Indicators

10.4. Types of Key Performance Indicators

10.4.1. Financial Indicators

10.4.1.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.1.1.1. Financial Stability

10.4.1.1.2. Cost of Services Offered

10.4.1.1.3. Comparative Analysis of Financial Indicators

 

10.4.1.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.1.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.1.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.4.2. Process / Capability Indicators

10.4.2.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.2.1.1. Proximity to Sponsor

10.4.2.1.2. Capability to Innovate / Mitigate Risk

10.4.2.1.3. Strength of Service Portfolio

10.4.2.1.4. Comparative Analysis of Process / Capability Indicators

10.4.2.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.2.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.2.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.4.3. Market Reputation Indicators

10.4.3.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.3.1.1. Flexibility / Adaptability

10.4.3.1.2. Time Management

10.4.3.1.3. Quality / Reliability

10.4.3.1.4. Regulatory Compliance / Track Record

10.4.3.1.5. Comparative Analysis of Market Reputation Indicators

 

10.4.3.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.3.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.3.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.5. Comparison of Key Performance Indicators

10.6. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

11.1 Chapter Overview

11.2. Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

11.3. Overall Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market, 2019-2030

 

11.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019 and 2030

11.4.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in North America, 2019-2030

11.4.1.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in the US, 2019-2030

11.4.1.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of North America, 2019-2030

 

11.4.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Europe, 2019-2030

11.4.2.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Italy, 2019-2030

11.4.2.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Germany, 2019-2030

11.4.2.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in France, 2019-2030

11.4.2.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Spain, 2019-2030

11.4.2.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in the UK, 2019-2030

11.4.2.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of Europe, 2019-2030

 

11.4.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.4.3.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in China, 2019-2030

11.4.3.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Japan, 2019-2030

11.4.3.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in India, 2019-2030

11.4.3.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of the Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

 

11.4.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service, 2019 and 2030

11.5.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis, 2019-2030

11.5.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation, 2019-2030

11.5.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection, 2019-2030

11.5.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services, 2019-2030

11.5.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications, 2019-2030

11.5.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing, 2019-2030

11.5.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions, 2019-2030

11.5.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service, 2019-2030

11.5.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up, 2019-2030

11.5.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report, 2019-2030

11.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Device Class, 2019 and 2030

11.6.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices, 2019-2030

11.6.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices, 2019-2030

11.6.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices, 2019-2030

 

11.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2019 and 2030

11.7.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System (CNS) Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

 

11.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service and Geography

11.8.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.13. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.14. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.15. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.16. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.17. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.18. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.19. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.20. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.21. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.22. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.23. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.24. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.25. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.26. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.27. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.28. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.29. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.30. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.311. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.32. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.33. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.34. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.35. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.36. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.37. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.38. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.39. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.40. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Device Class and Geography

11.9.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.9.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.9.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area and Geography

11.10.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.13. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.14. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.15. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.16. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.17. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.18. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.19. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.20. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.21. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.22. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.23. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.24. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.25. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.26. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.27. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.28. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.29. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.30. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.31. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.32. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.33. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.34. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.35. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.36. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Company Size, 2019-2030

11.11.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Small-Sized Companies, 2019-2030

11.11.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Mid-Sized Companies, 2019-2030

11.11.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Large Companies, 2019-2030

 

11.12. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUSION

12.1. Chapter Overview

12.2. Key Takeaways

 

  1. SURVEY INSIGHTS

13.1. Chapter Overview

13.2. Company Specifics of Respondents

13.3. Designation of Respondents

13.4. Types of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.5. Analysis by Geographical Reach

13.6. Type and Size of Clientele

13.7. Average Number of Projects

13.8. Proportion of Clients Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.9. Cost of Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.10. Current and Future Market Opportunity

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1. Chapter Overview

14.2. A+ Science

14.2.1. Company Snapshot

14.2.2. Interview Transcript: Tania Persson, Business Development Manager

 

14.3. AtoZ-CRO

14.3.1. Company Snapshot

14.3.2. Interview Transcript: Alexa Foltin-Mertgen, Business Development Manager

 

14.4. CROMSOURCE

14.4.1. Company Snapshot

14.4.2. Interview Transcript: Troy Mccall, Chief Operating Officer

 

14.5. CW Research & Management

14.5.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.2. Interview Transcript: Christian Wolflehner, Managing Director, Clinical Trial Specialist

 

14.6. HungaroTrial

14.6.1 Company Snapshot

14.6.2. Interview Transcript: Antal Solyom, Director of Medical Device Unit

14.7. Metrics Research

 

14.7.1 Company Snapshot

14.7.2. Interview Transcript: Dr. Nazish Urooj, Senior Manager, Medical & Clinical Operations

 

14.8. Vyomus Consulting

14.8.1 Company Snapshot

14.8.2. Interview Transcript: Dr. C Omprakash, Technical Director and Partner

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS


Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Where to Locate website packages for small businesses

www.quickysites.com.au
Submitted 43 day(s) ago by pairbottle1

For any small business that wants to go online, It's important to have A suitable site. Having a site helps create an online presence and will get you in contact with even more clients. However, developing a web site on your own needs a great deal of experience and a good deal of time. It entails a whole lot of effort and research to generate website packages for small businesses.

Why it is Important to hire a website package for smaller companies
Due to a lot of rivalry, your site needs to Be of high quality. With a professional web developer, you can gain access to small business website packages that are more likely to attract clients. Professional web developers can provide you a site that is dynamic and innovative. And with the current technology, your site is often as high-quality as ever.

If you look at your own Google search, when you type in A specific keyword, some websites show up on the initial page while some appear on the last page. Most times you don't even to the very last pages meaning that having your website show first may be a huge business advantage. That is why SEO or search engine optimisation is important. Having an SEO optimized website can increase your chances of potential customers checking your website as it's on the first page of the search engine. Only an extremely skilled web designer is capable of accomplishing this.

Benefits of Hiring a web programmer
If you have the expertise and the time involved in Creating a site yourself, do it. However, if feel like you need some professional help and a better, faster website package at your disposal, you might too hire a web designer to make one to you. There are a Whole Lot of reasons as to why hiring a professional web designer is good for your business:
• High Excellent web design
• Quicker, simpler and more convenient
• Better SEO services
• Saves money and time
• Attracts more customers

How to find website packages for small businesses
Some may feel that hiring a professional internet Developer is expensive, some can resort to using free internet designing templates. However, using a free web design template cannot provide you the same result as an expert designer would. A specialist website would have codes, plugins, headers and images a free template won't give you, at least not for free. If your site is not great enough, you may wind up even losing money by losing potential clients. Hiring a professional helps you save money and time in the long run.

Conclusion
If you want your website to be good enough for Business ventures, it's highly advisable to hire website design for small businesses as they can give you fast, professional websites which could help your organization grow.


It is always advisable to start with website packages for small businesses.For more information please visit how to design website for small business?

The Way to Locate the ideal website packages for small businesses

www.quickysites.com.au
Submitted 43 day(s) ago by sproutheron68





For almost any Little Business Which Wishes to develop, Obtaining a Top quality web site may be the boost your own business has to be successful. But, creating your own personal site from scratch isn't simple a task but using a expert web developer, can be done quite quickly. The expert website designers are ready to present your website a perfect identity online via their creative endeavor. They will ensure your site is represented nicely online through the website design services customized for small enterprises.



Creating your website packages for small businesses

Even though your business gets something special to Offer you, nobody will engage you if they can't find it. That is the reason search engine optimisation or SEO is important for the website. Professional web developers can readily give your website using the greatest in search engine optimisation in order that your website is more inclined to show in search engines such as Google. In this manner, visitors may quickly have a summary of exactly what your business does or sells.

Features of website design for small businesses

Making a proper web site is a job Which Requires a Large amount of skills and digital tools, a number of which you may perhaps not have access to. Using free web designing templates may look to be a good idea, but there are plenty of website packages for small businesses that is achieved by your skilled web designer that these templates can not give you. There Are Many advantages as to why specialist web design for Smaller companies can Be Helpful, for example:

• SEO optimization
• Saves time and attempt
• Perception of professionalism
• High Superior site



Summary

To Put It Differently, having your Own Site is Beneficial to your business because it may help create a sense of professionalism and Reliability. Professional Internet designers can make a lively and imaginative Website That is certain to create a decent initial impression to individuals .

For more info make sure you click on this particular link best small business website builder.

Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing in silico services for drug discovery of different types of biologics; of these, over 30 players claim to have the capabilities to offer services for all steps of discovery

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 48 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Presently, in silico tools / approaches are available for the identification, selection and optimization of pharmacological leads. in fact, the predictive power of such solutions has been demonstrated to enable researchers to bypass the traditional experimental screening of billions of molecules against hundreds of biological targets, thereby, allowing significant reductions in the investment of both time and resources.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 124 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the in silico drug discovery market for large molecules has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Key Drug Discovery Steps
  • Target Identification
  • Target Validation
  • Hit Generation
  • Hit-to-Lead
  • Lead Optimization

 

  • Type of Large Molecule
  • Antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides
  • Nucleic Acids
  • Vectors

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large

 

  • Target therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules, 2020-2030, report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Abzena
  • BioDuro
  • BioNTech
  • ChemPartner
  • Creative Biostructure
  • GenScript
  • LakePharma
  • Sundia MediTech
  • Sygnature Discovery
  • Viva Biotech

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Key Insights

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  7. Key Opportunity Areas

  8. Emerging Business Models and Strategies

  9. Case study: comparison of drug discovery processes of small molecules and large molecules

  10. Survey insights

  11. Cost saving analysis

  12. Market Forecast

  13. In silico tools and upcoming trends in drug discovery

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

  1. Appendix 3: Non-Computational Methods for Drug Discovery

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

In silico drug discovery services market is likely to be worth USD 124 million by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of 15.6%, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 48 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “In Silico / Computer-Aided Drug Discovery Services Market: Focus on Large Molecules (Antibodies, Proteins, Peptides, Nucleic Acid, Gene Therapy and Vectors), 2020-2030 (Including Structure Based Drug Discovery, Fragment Based Drug Discovery, Ligand Based Drug Discovery, Target Based Drug Discovery / Multi-Target Drug Design, Interface Based Drug Discovery, Approaches)” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing in silico services for drug discovery of different types of biologics; of these, over 30 players claim to have the capabilities to offer services for all steps of discovery
  • Majority of the companies offer structure-based drug design focused on early stage drug discovery of a range of large molecules, including antibodies, proteins and peptides
  • Featuring the presence of small-mid sized firms, the in silico service provider landscape is well-distributed across various regions; these players have adopted various business models to cater to the evolving needs of the clients
  • Several players involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective in silico-based service portfolios and maintain a competitive edge in this industry
  • The integration of novel computational techniques, such as artificial intelligence and cloud-based platforms, with in silico approaches is likely to revolutionize the overall drug discovery process
  • Service providers are adopting various business strategies in order to continue providing significant cost saving advantages, along with expediting discovery timelines and improving product success
  • Driven by the growing demand for effective therapeutics and increase in drug discovery efforts of various biologics across a wide range of therapeutic areas, the market is expected to witness sustained growth in future
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across various geographies, type of sponsors and sizes of in silico service providers

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-silico-drug-discovery/298.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Drug Discovery and Development Timelines

3.3.       Overview of In Silico Drug Discovery Tools

3.3.1.    Historical Evolution of the In Silico Approach

3.3.2.    Comparison of Traditional Drug Discovery Approaches and In Silico / Computer Aided Methods

3.3.3.    In Silico / Computed Aided Approaches for Drug Design and Development

 

3.4.       Applications of In Silico Tools in the Drug Discovery Process

3.4.1.    Target Identification

3.4.1.1. Chemoinformatics-based Tools

3.4.1.2. Network-based Drug Discovery

3.4.1.3. Computational Platforms and Interaction Repositories

 

3.4.2.    Target Validation

 

3.4.3.    Hit Generation

3.4.3.1. High-Throughput Screening

3.4.3.2. Fragment Based Screening

3.4.3.3. Virtual Screening

 

3.4.4.    Hit-to-Lead

3.4.4.1. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics Modeling

3.4.4.2. Other Novel Approaches

 

3.4.5.    Lead Optimization

3.4.5.1. Pharmacophore Modeling

3.4.5.2. Docking

3.4.5.3. Structure Activity Relationships (SAR) / Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship (QSAR)

3.4.5.4. Molecular Modeling

 

3.5.       Advantages of using In Silico Tools for Drug Discovery Operations

3.6.       Challenges Associated with Conducting In Silico Drug Discovery Operations In-house

3.7.       Anticipated Rise in Outsourcing In Silico Drug Discovery Operations

3.8.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       In Silico Drug Discovery Services for Large Molecules: List of Industry Players

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Business Model

4.2.6.    Analysis by Drug Discovery Steps

4.2.7.    Analysis by Type of Large Molecule

4.2.7.1. Analysis by Type of Antibody

4.2.7.2. Analysis by Type of Protein

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of In Silico Approach Used

4.2.9.    Analysis by Types of In Silico Services Offered

4.2.10.  Analysis by Type of Clientele

 

4.3.       In Silico Drug Discovery Services: List of Software / Technologies

 

  1. KEY INSIGHTS

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Logo Landscape: Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

5.3.       Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Company Size and Drug Discovery Steps

5.4.       World Map Representation: Regional Analysis of Outsourcing Activity

5.5.       Grid Representation: Analysis by Type of Large Molecule, In Silico Approach Used and  Type of Clientele

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Key In Silico Service Providers Based in North America

6.2.1.    BioDuro

6.2.1.1. Company Overview

6.2.1.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.1.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.1.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.2.    Creative Biostructure

6.2.2.1. Company Overview      

6.2.2.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.2.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.2.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.3.    GenScript

6.2.3.1. Company Overview

6.2.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.2.4.    LakePharma

6.2.4.1. Company Overview

6.2.4.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.2.4.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.2.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.4.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.       Leading Players Based in Europe

6.3.1.    Abzena

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.3.1.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.3.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.1.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.2.    BioNTech

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Funding and Investment Information      

6.3.2.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.2.4. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.3.3.    Sygnature Discovery

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.3.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.3.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.3.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.4.       Leading Players Based in Asia-Pacific

6.4.1.    ChemPartner

6.4.1.1. Company Overview

6.4.1.2. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.1.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.4.1.4. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

6.4.2.    Sundia MediTech

6.4.2.1. Company Overview

6.4.2.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.4.2.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.2.4. Recent Development and Future Outlook

6.4.2.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

                       

6.4.3.    Viva Biotech

6.4.3.1. Company Overview

6.4.3.2. Funding and Investment Information

6.4.3.3. In Silico-based Service Portfolio

6.4.3.4. Recent Development and Future Outlook

6.4.3.5. Peer Group Benchmark Comparison

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Key Parameters

7.3.       Methodology

7.4.       Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in North America

7.5.       Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in Europe

7.6.       Company Competitiveness Analysis: In Silico Drug Discovery Service Providers in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

  1. KEY OPPORTUNITY AREAS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Key Assumptions and Parameters

8.3.       Methodology

8.4.       Antibodies

8.4.1.    Developer Landscape

8.4.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.4.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.4.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Antibodies: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.5.       Peptides

8.5.1.    Developer Landscape

8.5.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.5.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.5.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Peptides: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.6.       Proteins

8.6.1.    Developer Landscape

8.6.1.1. Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.6.1.2. Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.6.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Proteins: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

8.7.       Other Advanced Therapies

8.7.1     Developer Landscape

8.7.1.1  Number of Pipeline Molecules

8.7.1.2  Affiliated Market Size and Growth Rate

8.7.2.    In Silico Service Providers for Vectors: 3D Bubble Analysis Based on Number of Drug Discovery Steps, Strength of Service Portfolio and Company Size

 

  1. EMERGING BUSINESS MODELS AND STRATEGIES

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Key Assumptions and Methodology

9.3.       In Silico Service Providers: Analysis by Number of Large Molecules and Drug Discovery Steps Covered

9.3.1.    Strategies for Short Term Success

9.3.2.    Strategies for Long Term Success

9.4.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF DRUG DISCOVERY PROCESSES OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

10.2.1.  Comparison of Key Specifications

10.2.2.  Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

10.2.3.  Comparison of Drug Discovery Processes

10.3.     Approaches to Improve Discovery Process of Large Molecules

 

  1. SURVEY INSIGHTS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Overview of Respondents

11.2.1. Designation of Respondents

 

11.3.     Survey Insights

11.3.1. Drug Discovery Steps

11.3.2. Type of Molecules Handled

11.3.3. In Silico Drug Design Focused Service Portfolio

11.3.4.  Likely Adoption of In Silico Tools for Large Molecules Drug Discovery

11.3.5. Current Market Opportunity

11.3.6. Likely Growth Rate

11.3.7.  Cost Saving Potential of the In Silico Approach

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Key Assumptions

12.3.     Methodology

12.4.     Overall Cost Saving Potential of In Silico Tools in Large Molecule Drug Discovery, 2020-2030

12.5.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

 

13.3.     Overall In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules, 2020-2030

 

13.3.1.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Drug Discovery Steps, 2020-2030

13.3.1.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Target Identification, 2020-2030

13.3.1.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Target Validation, 2020- 2030 

13.3.1.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hit Generation, 2020-2030

13.3.1.4. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hit-to-Lead, 2020-2030

13.3.1.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Lead Optimization, 2020-2030

 

13.3.2.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Type of Large Molecule, 2020-2030

13.3.2.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Antibodies, 2020-2030

13.3.2.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Proteins, 2020-2030

13.3.2.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Peptides, 2020-2030

13.3.2.4. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Nucleic Acids, 2020-     2030

13.3.2.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Vectors, 2020-2030

 

13.3.3.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Company Size, 2020-2030

13.3.3.1. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Small Companies, 2020-2030

13.3.3.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Mid-sized Companies,    2020-2030

13.3.3.3. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Large Companies, 2020-2030

 

13.3.4.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

13.3.4.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Autoimmune Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.2. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Blood Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Cardiovascular Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.4.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Gastrointestinal and    Digestive Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.5. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Hormonal Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.6. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) / Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS), 2020-2030

13.3.4.7. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Infectious Diseases, 2020-2030

13.3.4.8. In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of  Metabolic Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.9.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Mental Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.10.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Musculoskeletal Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.11.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Neurological Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.12.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Oncological Disorders 2020-2030

13.3.4.13.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Respiratory Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.13.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Skin Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.14.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Urogenital Disorders, 2020-2030

13.3.4.15.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Others, 2020-2030        

 

13.3.5.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Type of Sponsor, 2020-2030

13.3.5.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Industry Players, 2020-2030

13.3.5.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Non-Industry Players, 2020-2030

 

13.3.6.  In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of North America, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of US, 2020-2030

13.3.6.1.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share of Canada, 2020-2030

 

13.3.6.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Europe, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Germany, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in France, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in the UK, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.4.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Italy, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.5.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Spain, 2020-2030

13.3.6.2.6.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.1.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in China, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.2.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in India, 2020-2030

13.3.6.3.3.In Silico Drug Discovery Services Market for Large Molecules: Share in Japan, 2020-2030

 

  1. IN SILICO TOOLS AND UPCOMING TRENDS IN DRUG DISCOVERY

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Owing to Potential Cost and Time-related Benefits, Outsourcing of Drug Discovery Operations is Expected to Increase in the Future

14.3.     Technological Advancements are Likely to Revolutionize the Current Drug Discovery Processes

14.3.1.  Integration of Artificial Intelligence in the Drug Discovery Process is Expected to Improve the Overall Efficiency and Productivity

14.3.2.  Increased Adoption of Cloud Based Technology Platforms is Anticipated to Enhance the Scalability and Flexibility of the Drug Discovery Process

14.3.3.  Rising Interest in Use of Force Fields for  In Silico Drug Discovery

14.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     ProSciens

15.2.1. Company Snapshot

15.2.2. Interview Transcript: Edelmiro Moman, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

15.3.     Conifer Point Pharmaceuticals

15.3.1. Company Snapshot

15.3.2.  Interview Transcript: John L Kulp, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Technical Officer

 

15.4.     Evotec

15.4.1.  Company Snapshot

15.4.2. Interview Transcript: Mark Whittaker, Senior Vice President, Drug Discovery

 

15.5.     Candidum

15.5.1. Company Snapshot

15.5.2. Interview Transcript: Sven Benson, Founder

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

  1. APPENDIX III: NON-COMPUTATIONAL METHODS FOR DRUG DISCOVERY

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The global handheld ultrasound imaging devices market is projected to be over USD 1.1 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of over 11%, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 48 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 235+ page report, which features 95+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several players are currently engaged in the development / manufacturing of point-of-care handheld ultrasound scanners that offer a variety of imaging modes to produce high-quality diagnosis images.
  • Around 100 handheld ultrasound imaging devices, incorporating different transducer arrays and advanced software, are being actively used by physicians to scan different body parts.
  • Companies engaged in the development of handheld ultrasound imaging devices are spread across the globe; further, a number of start-ups have taken initiatives to offer novel scanners.
  • Stakeholders have established strong brand positions in different geographies; in future, such companies with competitive edge are anticipated to contribute the most to the overall revenue generation potential.
  • The growing interest in this field is reflected by the increased partnerships, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders, across different geographical marketplaces.
  • Owing to the ease of handling, better image visualization and remote data transmission features, these devices can significantly enhance a radiologists’ efficiency, demonstrating the potential to save the overall healthcare cost.
  • Future growth of the market is likely to be driven by increased demand for these devices; novel transducers and advanced software-based scanners offer lucrative market opportunities.
  • The opportunity is anticipated to be well-distributed across different application areas, end-users and key geographical regions.

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Introduction to Ultrasound Imaging

3.3.       Historical Evolution of Ultrasound Imaging

3.4.       Challenges with Conventional Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.       Introduction to Portable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.    Device Classification

3.5.1.1. Movable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.2.    Key Application Areas

3.5.3.    Regulatory Guidelines

3.5.4.    Key Advantages and Roadblocks

 

3.6.       Prevalent Trends Related to Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.6.1.    Emerging Focus Areas

3.6.2.    Key Historical Trends

3.6.3.    Geographical Distribution of Activity

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Status of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.3.    Analysis by Weight of Device

4.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Transducer Array

4.2.5.    Analysis by Transducer Frequency

4.2.6.    Analysis by Mode of Imaging

4.2.7.    Analysis by Scanning Depth

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Software

4.2.9.    Analysis by Connectivity Provisions

4.2.10.  Analysis by Data Management Feature(s)

4.2.11.  Analysis by Battery Backup

4.2.12.  Analysis by Cost of Device

 

4.3.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Additional Information

4.4.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Information on Affiliated Technologies

4.5.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Manufacturers

4.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.5.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.5.3.    Analysis by Types of Business Model Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Target Market

4.5.5.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.5.6.    Leading Manufacturers: Analysis by Number of Products

 

4.6.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Product Competitiveness Analysis

4.7.       Leading Manufacturers: 4D Bubble Analysis based on Application area, Mode                              of Imaging, Number of Devices and Company Size

4.8.       Grid Representation: Analysis by Application Area, Type of Transducer Array                               and Type of Software

4.9.       Heat Map Representation: Analysis by Application Area and Mode of                                           Imaging

4.10.     Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Mode of Imaging and Connectivity                                    Provision

4.11.     World Map Representation: Regional Activity

4.12.     Handheld Scanners with Potential for Use during the COVID-19 Pandemic

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Butterfly Network

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.       Clarius Mobile Health

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.       EchoNous

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Fujifilm

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.       GE Healthcare

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.       Philips

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlooks

 

5.8.       WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

5.8.1.    Company Overview

5.8.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. BRAND POSITIONING ANALYSIS OF KEY PLAYERS

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Scope and Methodology

6.3.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Butterfly Network

6.4.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Clarius Mobile Health

6.5.       Brand Positioning Matrix: EchoNous

6.6.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Fujifilm

6.7.       Brand Positioning Matrix: GE Healthcare

6.8.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Philips

6.9.       Brand Positioning Matrix: WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Partnership Models

7.3.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Partner

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.7.    Regional Analysis

7.3.8.    Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Key Assumptions

8.3.       Methodology

8.4.       Key Parameters Influencing the Cost of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

8.5.       Overall Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

 

8.6.       Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Geography

8.6.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in North America, 2020-               2030

8.6.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

8.6.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Asia-Pacific and Rest               of the World, 2020-2030

 

8.7.       Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Economic                Strength

8.7.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in High Income                            Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Upper Middle Income Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Lower Middle Income               Countries, 2020-2030

8.8.       Concluding Remarks: Cost Saving Scenarios

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Methodology

9.3.       Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging                    Devices

9.4.       Overall Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

9.5.       Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Key Industry                    Players

9.6.       Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by End-Users

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices                                    Market

 

10.4.     Overall Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030

10.4.1.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Application Area

10.4.1.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Cardiac Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Emergency Medicines, 2020-2030

10.4.1.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning,                2020-2030

10.4.1.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Musculoskeletal Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Pulmonary Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.6. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Urological Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.7. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Vascular Surgery, 2020-2030

10.4.1.8. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Application Areas, 2020-2030

 

10.4.2.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Transducer Array

10.4.2.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Curved Array-based Scanners, 2020-                2030

10.4.2.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Endocavity Array-based Scanners,                   2020-2030

10.4.2.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Linear Array-based Scanners, 2020-                 2030

10.4.2.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Phased Array-based Scanners, 2020-               2030

10.4.2.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.3.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Software

10.4.3.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Smartphone Application-based                         Scanners, 2020-2030

10.4.3.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Customized Software-based                             Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.4.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by End-Users

10.4.4.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

10.4.4.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Diagnostic Imaging Center, 2020-2030

10.4.4.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Hospitals, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Specialty Clinics, 2020-                                    2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

10.5.5.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Key Geographical                          Regions

10.5.5.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.5.5.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.5.5.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World,                    2020-2030

 

10.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. END-USER SPECIFIC OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Methodology

11.3.     Distribution Strategies Adopted by Device Developers

 

11.4.     Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

11.4.1.  End-User Demand Analysis: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.2.  End-User Demand Analysis: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.3.  End-User Demand Analysis: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.4.4.  End-User Demand Analysis: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.5.  End-User Demand Analysis: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.6.  End-User Demand Analysis: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

11.5.     Market Attractiveness Analysis

11.5.1.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.2.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.3.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.5.4.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.5.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.6.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

12.2.1.  Short Term Impact

12.2.2.  Long Term Impact

12.3.     Future Strategies and Action Plans

 

  1. CONCLUSION

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

 

14.2.     SomaView

14.2.1.  Company Snapshot

14.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Stefan Mass, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.3.     EchoNous

14.3.1.  Company Snapshot

14.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Anais Concepcion, Director of Content and Digital    Campaigns

 

14.4.     PeakSonic

14.4.1.  Company Snapshot

14.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Zhengzheng Zhu, International Business Development

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The global handheld ultrasound imaging devices market is projected to be over USD 1.1 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of over 11%, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 48 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “Global Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 235+ page report, which features 95+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several players are currently engaged in the development / manufacturing of point-of-care handheld ultrasound scanners that offer a variety of imaging modes to produce high-quality diagnosis images.
  • Around 100 handheld ultrasound imaging devices, incorporating different transducer arrays and advanced software, are being actively used by physicians to scan different body parts.
  • Companies engaged in the development of handheld ultrasound imaging devices are spread across the globe; further, a number of start-ups have taken initiatives to offer novel scanners.
  • Stakeholders have established strong brand positions in different geographies; in future, such companies with competitive edge are anticipated to contribute the most to the overall revenue generation potential.
  • The growing interest in this field is reflected by the increased partnerships, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders, across different geographical marketplaces.
  • Owing to the ease of handling, better image visualization and remote data transmission features, these devices can significantly enhance a radiologists’ efficiency, demonstrating the potential to save the overall healthcare cost.
  • Future growth of the market is likely to be driven by increased demand for these devices; novel transducers and advanced software-based scanners offer lucrative market opportunities.
  • The opportunity is anticipated to be well-distributed across different application areas, end-users and key geographical regions.

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/handheld-imaging-devices/319.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Introduction to Ultrasound Imaging

3.3.       Historical Evolution of Ultrasound Imaging

3.4.       Challenges with Conventional Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.       Introduction to Portable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.    Device Classification

3.5.1.1. Movable Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.5.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

 

3.5.2.    Key Application Areas

3.5.3.    Regulatory Guidelines

3.5.4.    Key Advantages and Roadblocks

 

3.6.       Prevalent Trends Related to Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

3.6.1.    Emerging Focus Areas

3.6.2.    Key Historical Trends

3.6.3.    Geographical Distribution of Activity

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Status of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.3.    Analysis by Weight of Device

4.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Transducer Array

4.2.5.    Analysis by Transducer Frequency

4.2.6.    Analysis by Mode of Imaging

4.2.7.    Analysis by Scanning Depth

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Software

4.2.9.    Analysis by Connectivity Provisions

4.2.10.  Analysis by Data Management Feature(s)

4.2.11.  Analysis by Battery Backup

4.2.12.  Analysis by Cost of Device

 

4.3.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Additional Information

4.4.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Information on Affiliated Technologies

4.5.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Manufacturers

4.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.5.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.5.3.    Analysis by Types of Business Model Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Target Market

4.5.5.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.5.6.    Leading Manufacturers: Analysis by Number of Products

 

4.6.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Product Competitiveness Analysis

4.7.       Leading Manufacturers: 4D Bubble Analysis based on Application area, Mode                              of Imaging, Number of Devices and Company Size

4.8.       Grid Representation: Analysis by Application Area, Type of Transducer Array                               and Type of Software

4.9.       Heat Map Representation: Analysis by Application Area and Mode of                                           Imaging

4.10.     Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Mode of Imaging and Connectivity                                    Provision

4.11.     World Map Representation: Regional Activity

4.12.     Handheld Scanners with Potential for Use during the COVID-19 Pandemic

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Butterfly Network

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.       Clarius Mobile Health

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.       EchoNous

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Fujifilm

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.       GE Healthcare

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.       Philips

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlooks

 

5.8.       WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

5.8.1.    Company Overview

5.8.2.    Product Portfolio: Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

5.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. BRAND POSITIONING ANALYSIS OF KEY PLAYERS

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Scope and Methodology

6.3.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Butterfly Network

6.4.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Clarius Mobile Health

6.5.       Brand Positioning Matrix: EchoNous

6.6.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Fujifilm

6.7.       Brand Positioning Matrix: GE Healthcare

6.8.       Brand Positioning Matrix: Philips

6.9.       Brand Positioning Matrix: WuHan Youkey Bio-Medical Electronics

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Partnership Models

7.3.       Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Partner

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.7.    Regional Analysis

7.3.8.    Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. COST SAVING ANALYSIS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Key Assumptions

8.3.       Methodology

8.4.       Key Parameters Influencing the Cost of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

8.5.       Overall Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

 

8.6.       Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Geography

8.6.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in North America, 2020-               2030

8.6.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Europe, 2020-2030

8.6.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Asia-Pacific and Rest               of the World, 2020-2030

 

8.7.       Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Economic                Strength

8.7.1.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in High Income                            Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.2.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Upper Middle Income Countries, 2020-2030

8.7.3.    Cost Saving Potential of Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices in Lower Middle Income               Countries, 2020-2030

8.8.       Concluding Remarks: Cost Saving Scenarios

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Methodology

9.3.       Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging                    Devices

9.4.       Overall Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices, 2020-2030

9.5.       Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by Key Industry                    Players

9.6.       Global Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices: Analysis by End-Users

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices                                    Market

 

10.4.     Overall Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market, 2020-2030

10.4.1.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Application Area

10.4.1.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Cardiac Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Emergency Medicines, 2020-2030

10.4.1.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Gynecological / Obstetrics Scanning,                2020-2030

10.4.1.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Musculoskeletal Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Pulmonary Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.6. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Urological Scanning, 2020-2030

10.4.1.7. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Vascular Surgery, 2020-2030

10.4.1.8. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Application Areas, 2020-2030

 

10.4.2.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Transducer Array

10.4.2.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Curved Array-based Scanners, 2020-                2030

10.4.2.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Endocavity Array-based Scanners,                   2020-2030

10.4.2.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Linear Array-based Scanners, 2020-                 2030

10.4.2.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Phased Array-based Scanners, 2020-               2030

10.4.2.5. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.3.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Type of Software

10.4.3.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Smartphone Application-based                         Scanners, 2020-2030

10.4.3.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Customized Software-based                             Scanners, 2020-2030

 

10.4.4.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by End-Users

10.4.4.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

10.4.4.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Diagnostic Imaging Center, 2020-2030

10.4.4.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Hospitals, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Specialty Clinics, 2020-                                    2030

10.4.4.4. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market for Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

10.5.5.  Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market: Distribution by Key Geographical                          Regions

10.5.5.1. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in North America, 2020-2030

10.5.5.2. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Europe, 2020-2030

10.5.5.3. Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World,                    2020-2030

 

10.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. END-USER SPECIFIC OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Methodology

11.3.     Distribution Strategies Adopted by Device Developers

 

11.4.     Demand for Handheld Ultrasound Imaging Devices

11.4.1.  End-User Demand Analysis: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.2.  End-User Demand Analysis: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.4.3.  End-User Demand Analysis: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.4.4.  End-User Demand Analysis: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.5.  End-User Demand Analysis: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.4.6.  End-User Demand Analysis: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

11.5.     Market Attractiveness Analysis

11.5.1.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Ambulatory Surgical Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.2.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Diagnostic Imaging Centers, 2020-2030

11.5.3.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Hospitals, 2020-2030

11.5.4.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Maternity Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.5.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Specialty Clinics, 2020-2030

11.5.6.  End-User Market Attractiveness: Other End-Users, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

12.2.1.  Short Term Impact

12.2.2.  Long Term Impact

12.3.     Future Strategies and Action Plans

 

  1. CONCLUSION

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

 

14.2.     SomaView

14.2.1.  Company Snapshot

14.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Stefan Mass, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.3.     EchoNous

14.3.1.  Company Snapshot

14.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Anais Concepcion, Director of Content and Digital    Campaigns

 

14.4.     PeakSonic

14.4.1.  Company Snapshot

14.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Zhengzheng Zhu, International Business Development

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The ‘‘Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020-2030’’ report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the microbial contract biomanufacturing market. The study also features a detailed an

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 49 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 320+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the current landscape of companies offering contract manufacturing services for biologics, using microbial expression systems, along with information on their year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters, number and location of their production facilities, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), type of biologic(s) manufactured (peptides / proteins, antibodies, vaccines, biosimilars, oligonucleotides, plasmid DNA and others), type of microbial expression system(s) used (bacterial, yeast and others), type of fermenter(s) employed (single-use fermenters, stainless steel fermenters and others), type of manufacturing service(s) offered (cell banking, process development and characterization, analytical method development and testing, quality assurance and control, scale-up, downstream processing and regulatory support), and regulatory accreditations / certifications received (if any).
  • A region-wise, company competitiveness analysis, highlighting key players engaged in microbial based contract manufacturing based on their experience (considering the year of establishment of the firm) and expertise (taking into account their service portfolio, number of different types of biologics manufactured and number of distinct expression system(s) used).
  • An analysis of the various partnerships signed within this domain, with a focus on microbial contract biomanufacturing, since 2016, based on several relevant parameters, such as year of partnership, type of partnership model adopted, scale of operation, type of biologic, focus area, therapeutic area, most active players (in terms of number of partnerships signed), and geography. Further, it features a detailed analysis of the various mergers and acquisitions that were carried out in this domain, highlighting the trend in terms of number of players acquired between 2016-2020 (till May), along with the geographical distribution of this activity.
  • An elaborate analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by contract manufacturers using microbial expression systems in order to augment their capabilities, over the period 2016-2020 (till May), taking into consideration several relevant parameters, such as year of expansion, type of expansion (capability expansion, capacity expansion, facility expansion and new facility), scale of operation of manufacturing facility, type of biologic and location of manufacturing facility.
  • A review of the varied microbial based manufacturing initiatives undertaken by big pharma players (shortlisted from the top 20 pharmaceutical companies as of 2019), highlighting trends across various parameters, such as number of initiatives, year of initiative and type of initiative.
  • A detailed proprietary 2×2 representation that was developed to assess the current market scenario (in terms of existing competition and growth opportunities) across emerging and established market segments.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players that offer contract biomanufacturing services using microbial expression systems across different geographies, namely North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Each profile features a brief overview of the company, information related to its service portfolio, manufacturing capabilities and facilities, recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • A discussion on industry affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the evolution of this field. It also includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on industry dynamics.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • An insightful discussion on the impact of COVID-19 outbreak on the overall microbial contract biomanufacturing market, and the key initiatives undertaken by CMOs to combat the challenges posed due to ongoing situation.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Product
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Biologic
  • Proteins
  • Enzymes
  • Growth Hormones
  • Antibody based Drugs
  • Others (plasmid DNA, probiotics, microbiome-based biologics)

 

  • Type of Microbial Expression System
  • Bacteria
  • Yeast
  • Others (Algae and fungi)

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Commercial
  • Preclinical / Clinical

 

  • Type of End User
  • Small Companies
  • Mid-sized Companies
  • Large / Very Large Companies

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Middle East and North Africa
  • Latin America

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading CMOs with expertise in production of microbial biologics?
  • What are the preferred microbial expression systems used in biologic development and manufacturing?
  • What are the key microbial fermentation technology platforms?
  • Who could be the potential partners for the microbial CMOs?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders engaged in this domain?
  • What type of expansion initiatives are being carried out by CMOs in this domain?
  • What initiatives are being undertaken by big pharma players in this domain?
  • What are the key factors influencing the make (manufacture in-house) versus buy (outsource) decision related to microbial fermentation?
  • What are the key trends within the microbial contract biomanufacturing market?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Drug Repurposing Service Providers Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. Antibody Discovery Services and Platforms Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Live Biotherapeutic Products and Microbiome Contract Manufacturing Market: Focus on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Finished Dosage Forms, 2020 - 2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 115 companies, across the world, claim to offer a variety of product development, manufacturing and support services, for various types of biologics that are manufactured / expressed in microbial systems, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 49 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Despite mammalian cell cultures being the preferred manufacturing approach for biologics, recent advances in microbial fermentation have enabled the development of versatile biomanufacturing systems, which are both robust and cost friendly. Presently, a number of service provider companies claim to offer end-to-end solutions, ranging from product development to commercial production, for microbial biologics. Given the obvious advantages of outsourcing, drug developers are likely to continue relying on contract service providers for various aspects of their respective microbial biologic development programs.

 

To order this 320+ page report, which features 150+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 9.3 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the microbial biomanufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Product
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Biologic
  • Proteins
  • Enzymes
  • Growth Hormones
  • Antibody based Drugs
  • Others (plasmid DNA, probiotics, microbiome-based biologics)

 

  • Type of Microbial Expression System
  • Bacteria
  • Yeast
  • Others (Algae and fungi)

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Commercial
  • Preclinical / Clinical

 

  • Type of End User
  • Small Companies
  • Mid-sized Companies
  • Large / Very Large Companies

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Middle East and North Africa
  • Latin America

 

The Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • AGC Biologics
  • Aldevron
  • BioVectra
  • EirGenix
  • Etinpro
  • Eurogentec
  • Northway Biotechpharma
  • Ology Bioservices
  • Porton Biopharma
  • Stelis Biopharma

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. Company Profiles

  2.  Recent Partnerships

  3. Recent Expansions

  4. Microbial fermentation technology platforms

  5. Assessment of Relative Competition and Growth

  6. Make versus Buy Decision Making Framework

 

  1. Big Pharma Initiatives in Microbial Biomanufacturing

 

  1. Case study: comparison of small molecule and large

 

  1. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

  2. Impact of covid-19 pandemic on microbial contract biomanufacturing market

 

  1. Swot Analysis

 

  1. Conclusion Appendix 3: List of Companies and Organizations
  2. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/microbial-contract-biomanufacturing-market.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

The microbial contract biomanufacturing market is projected grow at an annualized rate of 8.7%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 49 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 320+ page report, which features 150+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 115 companies, across the world, claim to offer a variety of product development, manufacturing and support services, for various types of biologics that are manufactured / expressed in microbial systems
  • Majority of the players have the necessary infrastructure / capability to produce different biologics, primarily proteins, at all scales using bacterial / yeast expression vectors
  • The market features the presence of several well-established players across the globe; the US, the UK and Germany emerged as current hubs for production of biologics using microbial strains
  • Several service providers, involved in this domain, are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective service portfolio and maintain a competitive edge in the industry
  • The growth trend of outsourcing microbial manufacturing operations is evident from the rise in recent partnership activity, as well as expansion initiatives undertaken by CMOs to meet the growing demand for novel biologics
  • Big pharma players have also made significant investments in this domain through establishment of new facilities, entering into strategic collaborations and undertaking financial investments
  • Future growth of the market is likely to be driven by increased adoption of novel biologics that are produced via microbial systems; we expect the service-based revenues to grow at a CAGR of over 8%
  • In the long term, the projected opportunity for contract biomanufacturing is anticipated to be distributed across contract service providers of different sizes, scales of manufacturing and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/microbial-contract-biomanufacturing-market.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines                     

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1        Chapter Overview

3.2.       Overview of Biopharmaceuticals

 

3.3.       Expression Systems Used for Biopharmaceutical Production

3.3.1.    Microbial Expression Systems

3.3.1.1. Bacterial Expression Systems

3.3.1.2. Fungal Expression Systems

3.3.1.3. Yeast Expression Systems                   

3.3.2.    Mammalian versus Microbial Expression Systems

 

3.4.       Microbial Manufacturing Process

3.4.1.    Cell Banking

3.4.2.    Upstream Processing

3.4.3.    Fermentation

3.4.4.    Downstream Processing

 

3.5.       Overview of Contract Manufacturing

3.6.       Need for Outsourcing Microbial Biomanufacturing Operations

3.7.       Commonly Outsourced Microbial Biomanufacturing Operations

3.8.       Advantages and Risks Associated with Outsourcing Microbial Biomanufacturing                                        Operations

3.9.       Key Considerations while Selecting a CMO Partner

3.10.     Concluding Remarks     

 

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

4.2.5.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

4.2.7.    Analysis by Type of Expression System Used

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Fermenter

4.2.9.    Analysis by Type of Service(s) Offered

4.2.10.  Analysis by Regulatory Accreditations / Certifications

4.3.       Regional Analysis

4.3.1.    Analysis by North America

4.3.2.    Analysis by Europe

4.3.3.    Analysis by Asia Pacific

4.3.4.    Analysis by Middle East and North Africa

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Assumptions and Key Parameters

5.3.       Methodology

5.4.       Competitiveness Analysis

5.4.1.    Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in North America

5.4.2.    Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in Europe

5.4.3.    Competitiveness Analysis: Companies in Asia Pacific    

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers based in North America

6.2.1.    AGC Biologics

6.2.1.1. Company Overview

6.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

6.2.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.2.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.2.2.    Aldevron

6.2.2.1. Company Overview

6.2.2.2. Service Portfolio

6.2.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.2.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

6.2.3.    BioVectra

6.2.3.1. Company Overview

6.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

6.2.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.2.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.4.    Ology Bioservices

6.2.4.1. Company Overview

6.2.4.2. Service Portfolio

6.2.4.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.2.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers Based in Europe

6.3.1.    Eurogentec

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

6.3.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.3.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.2.    Northway Biotechpharma

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Service Portfolio

6.3.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.3.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.3.    Porton Biopharma

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Service Portfolio

6.3.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.3.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.4.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers Based in Asia Pacific

6.4.1.    EirGenix

6.4.1.1. Company Overview

6.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

6.4.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.4.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.2.    Etinpro

6.4.2.1. Company Overview

6.4.2.2. Service Portfolio

6.4.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.4.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.3.    Stelis Biopharma

6.4.3.1. Company Overview

6.4.3.2. Service Portfolio

6.4.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.4.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. RECENT PARTNERSHIPS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Partnership Models

7.3.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers: Recent Partnerships

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnerships

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership Model

7.3.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

 

7.3.7.    Analysis by Region

7.3.7.1. Country-Wise Distribution

7.3.7.2. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

7.3.8.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

 

7.4.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers: Mergers and Acquisitions

7.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Merger / Acquisition

7.4.2.    Analysis by Type of Acquisition 

7.4.3.    Regional Analysis 

7.4.3.1. Continent-wise Distribution 

7.4.3.2. Country-wise Distribution 

7.4.3.3. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Deals 

  

7.4.4.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Acquisitions

7.4.5.    Analysis by Key Value Drivers  

7.4.5.1. Analysis by Year of Acquisition and Key Value Drivers

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Microbial Contract Biomanufacturers: Recent Expansions

8.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Expansion

8.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Expansion

8.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

8.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

8.3.       Geographical Analysis

8.3.1.    Continent-wise Distribution                   

 

  1. MICROBIAL FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY PLATFORMS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Technology Platforms Commonly Used for Microbial Fermentation

9.3.       Upcoming Platforms-General Technologies

 

  1. ATTRACTIVENESS COMPETITION MATRIX

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     AC Matrix: An Overview

10.2.1.  Strong Business Segment

10.2.2.  Average Business Segment

10.2.3.  Weak Business Segment

10.3.     AC Matrix: Analytical Methodology

10.4.     AC Matrix: Analyzing the Data for North America

10.5.     AC Matrix: Analyzing the Data for Europe

10.6.     AC Matrix: Analyzing the Data for Asia Pacific and Middle East

 

  1. MAKE VERSUS BUY DECISION MAKING FRAMEWORK

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Assumptions and Parameter Definitions

11.2.1.  Scenario 1

11.2.2.  Scenario 2

11.2.3.  Scenario 3

11.2.4.  Scenario 4

11.3.     Concluding Remarks

                                                                       

  1. BIG PHARMA INITITATIVES IN MICROBIAL BIOMANUFACTURING

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     List of Microbial Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing Initiatives of Big Pharma Players

12.2.1.  Analysis by Number of Initiatives

12.2.2.  Analysis by Year of Initiative

12.2.3.  Analysis by Company and Year of Initiative

12.2.4.  Analysis by Purpose of Initiative

12.2.5.  Analysis by Company and Purpose of Initiative

12.2.6.  Analysis by Type of Initiative

12.2.7.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

12.2.8.  Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

12.2.9.  Analysis by Type of Microbial Expression System Used              

12.2.10. Geographical Analysis by Investment Made

 

12.3.     Competitive Benchmarking of Big Pharmaceutical Players

12.3.1. Big Pharma Summary

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL MOLECULE AND LARGE MOLECULE DRUGS / THERAPIES

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies    

13.2.1. Comparison of Key Characteristics

13.2.2. Comparison of Microbial Manufacturing Process

13.2.2.1. Microbial Contract Manufacturers Providing Services for Small Molecules

13.2.3. Comparison of Key Manufacturing-related Challenges

                                               

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

14.3.     Overall Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020-2030

14.3.1.  Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market for APIs, 2020-2030

14.3.2.  Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market for FDFs, 2020-2030           

 

14.4.     Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020, 2025 and 2030: Distribution by Type of Biologic

14.5.     Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020, 2025 and 2030: Distribution by Type of Microbial Expression System Used

14.6.     Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020, 2025 and 2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

14.7.     Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020, 2025 and 2030: Distribution by Type of           End User

 

14.8.      Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market, 2020, 2025, 2030: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions          

14.8.1.   Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030

14.8.1.1. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Proteins

14.8.1.2. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Enzymes

14.8.1.3. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Growth   Hormones

14.8.1.4. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Antibody-based Drugs

14.8.1.5. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Other Biologics

14.8.1.6. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Bacterial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.1.7. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Yeast Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.1.8. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Other Microbial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.1.9. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

14.8.1.10. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

14.8.1.11. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

14.8.1.12. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

14.8.1.13. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in North America, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

14.8.2.    Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030

14.8.2.1. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Proteins

14.8.2.2. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Enzymes

14.8.2.3. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Growth Hormones

14.8.2.4. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Antibody-based Drugs

14.8.2.5. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Other Biologics

14.8.2.6. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Bacterial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.2.7. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Yeast Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.2.8. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Other Microbial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.2.9. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

14.8.2.10. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

14.8.2.11. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

14.8.2.12. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized    Companies

14.8.2.13. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Europe, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

14.8.3.  Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

14.8.3.1. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Proteins

14.8.3.2. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Enzymes

14.8.3.3. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Growth Hormones

14.8.3.4. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Antibody- based Drugs

14.8.3.5. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Other Biologics

14.8.3.6. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Bacterial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.3.7. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Yeast Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.3.8. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Other Microbial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.3.9. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

14.8.3.10. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

14.8.3.11. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

14.8.3.12. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

14.8.3.13. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

14.8.4.  Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030

14.8.4.1. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030: Share of Proteins

14.8.4.2. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:            Share of Enzymes

14.8.4.3. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:            Share of Growth Hormones

14.8.4.4. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:            Share of Antibody-based Drugs

14.8.4.5. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:            Share of Other Biologics

14.8.4.6. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:            Share of Bacterial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.4.7. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030: Share of Yeast Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.4.8. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030: Share of Other Microbial Cell-based Expression Systems

14.8.4.9. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

14.8.4.10. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

14.8.4.11. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:          Share of Small Companies

14.8.4.12. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:          Share of Mid-sized Companies

14.8.4.13. Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Middle East and North Africa, 2020-2030:          Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

14.8.5.  Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market in Latin America, 2020-2030

 

  1. IMPACT OF COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON MICROBIAL CONTRACT BIOMANUFACTURING MARKET

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Current Options and Recuperative Initiatives of Key Players

15.2.1.  KBI Biopharma

15.2.2.  Lonza

15.2.3.  Porton Pharma Solutions

15.2.4.  Wacker Biotech

15.2.5.  Wuxi AppTec

15.3.     Impact on Microbial Contract Biomanufacturing Market Opportunity

15.4.     Recuperative Strategies for CMO Businesses

15.4.1.  Strategies for Implementation in the Short / Mid Term

15.4.2.  Strategies for Implementation in the Long Term

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Strengths

16.3.     Weaknesses

16.4.     Opportunities

16.5.     Threats

16.6.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     Meteoric Biopharmaceuticals

18.2.1.  Company Snapshot

18.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Gaurav Kaushik, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (Q4 2019)

 

18.3.     List Biological Laboratories

18.3.1.  Company Snapshot

18.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Debbie Pinkston, Vice President, Sales and Business Development (Q3 2019)

 

18.4.     OLON

18.4.1.  Company Snapshot

18.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Andrea Conforto, Sales and Marketing-Bioservices Director)

18.5.     Luina Bio

18.5.1.  Company Snapshot

18.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Max Rossetto, General Manager-Business Development

 

18.6.     WACKER Biotech

18.6.1.  Company Snapshot

18.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Rob van Dijk, Business Development Manager (Q4 2019)

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANISTIONS

 

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing in vitro ADME testing services; of these, over 30 players claim to provide end-to-end services

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 49 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

ADME studies are considered to be critical in establishing the safety and efficacy of drug candidates. Currently, there are a number of contract research organizations (CROs) that claim to have the necessary capabilities to offer in vitro ADME services. Over time, such service providers have grown to become an indispensable part of the pharmaceutical / biopharmaceutical market.

 

To order this 280+ page report, which features 135+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this  link

The USD 2.2 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the vitro ADME testing services market has been analyzed across the following segments:

 

  • Type of Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Type of Service
  • Absorption Testing
  • Distribution Testing
  • Metabolism and Elimination Testing

 

  • Type of Assay
  • Caco-2 Permeability Assay
  • PAMPA Permeability Assay
  • MDCK Permeability Assay
  • Protein Binding Assay
  • Blood Brain Barrier Assay
  • Blood to Plasma Ratio
  • Stability / Clearance Assay
  • Enzyme Induction Assay
  • Enzyme Inhibition Assay
  • Metabolite Profiling and Screening / Identification Assay
  • Metabolite Production Assay
  • Reaction Phenotyping Assay
  • Transporter Interactions Assay

 

  • Target Therapeutic Area
  • Blood Disorders
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders
  • Hormonal Disorders
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Immunological Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Mental Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Urogenital Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor
  • Industry Players
  • Non-Industry Players

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market, 2019-2030, report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Albany Molecular Research (AMRI)
  • Charles River Laboratories
  • Pharmaceutical Product Development (PPD)
  • RTI International
  • Eurofins Scientific
  • Evotec
  • Galapagos
  • Tecan Group
  • GVK Biosciences
  • Pharmaron
  • Sai Life Sciences
  • Shanghai Medicilon
  • WuXi AppTec

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Guide to Outsourcing

  4. Market Landscape

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Benchmark Analysis

  7. Mergers and Acquisitions

  8. Regulatory Recommendations and Guidelines

  9. Market Forecast

  10. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-vitro-adme-testing-services-market-2019-2030/239.html

 

Contact Details-

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

In vitro ADME testing services market is likely to be worth USD 2.2 billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of ~9.8%

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 49 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on ““In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market, 2019-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 280+ page report, which features 135+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 90 firms are actively involved in providing vitro ADME testing services; of these, over 30 players claim to have the capabilities to offer end-to-end services
  • Majority of the companies offer assays for drug metabolism and elimination testing for both small molecule and biologic drugs; followed by companies offering assays for absorption and distribution testing
  • Featuring the presence of small-mid sized firms, the in vitro ADME testing service provider landscape is well-distributed across various regions; these players have adopted various business models to cater to the evolving needs of the clients
  • Several players involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective in the in vitro ADME testing service portfolios and maintain a competitive edge in this industry
  • Various mergers and acquisitions have taken place from 2005-2018 between industry stakeholders in this domain, for addition of capabilities (primarily related to drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics testing) and geographical expansion / consolidation
  • Driven by the increasing demand for effective pharmacological interventions across a wide range of therapeutic areas, the market is expected to witness sustained growth in future
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across various geographies, type of sponsors and type of services / assays

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/in-vitro-adme-testing-services-market-2019-2030/239.html  

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       The Drug Discovery and Development Process

3.3.       Introduction to Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion (ADME) Testing

3.3.1.    Absorption

3.3.2.    Distribution

3.3.3.    Metabolism

3.3.4.    Excretion

 

3.4.       Importance of ADME Studies in Early Stage Research

3.5.       Types of ADME Studies in Discovery and Preclinical Development

3.6.       Types of Assays Used in ADME Testing

 

3.7.       Types of ADME Testing Studies

3.7.1.    In Vitro ADME Testing Studies

3.7.2.    In Silico ADME Testing Studies

3.7.3.    In Vivo ADME Testing Studies

 

3.8.       Key Drivers for ADME Testing Studies

3.9.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. GUDE TO OUTSOURCING

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Outsourcing ADME Testing Services

4.3.       Guiding Models for Outsourcing

4.3.1.    Transactional Outsourcing Model

4.3.2.    Performance-based Outsourcing Model

4.3.3.    Outcomes-based Outsourcing Model

4.3.4.    Phase-dependent Outsourcing Model

 

4.4.       Selecting a Contract Research Organization (CRO) Partner

4.4.1.    Key Considerations

 

4.5.       Role of CROs in Drug Development

4.5.1.    Discovery and Preclinical Research

4.5.2.    Early Clinical Research

4.5.3.    Late Stage Clinical Research

 

4.6.       Benefits of Outsourcing ADME Testing Services

4.7.       Risks and Challenges Associated with Outsourcing ADME Testing Services

4.8.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       In Vitro ADME Testing Services: List of Industry Players

5.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.    Analysis by Geographical Location

5.2.3.    Analysis by Company Size

5.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Service Offering

5.2.5.    Analysis by Type of In Vitro ADME Assays

5.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

5.2.7.    Analysis by Type of Clientele

5.2.8.    Logo Landscape: Distribution by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

 

5.3.       In Silico ADME Testing Services: List of Industry Players

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Key Players based in North America

6.2.1.    Albany Molecular Research (AMRI)

6.2.1.1. Company Snapshot

6.2.1.2. Financial Information

6.2.1.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.2.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.2.    Charles River Laboratories

6.2.2.1. Company Snapshot

6.2.2.2. Financial Information

6.2.2.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.2.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.3.    Pharmaceutical Product Development (PPD)

6.2.3.1. Company Snapshot

6.2.3.2. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.2.3.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.4.    RTI International

6.2.4.1. Company Snapshot

6.2.4.2. Financial Information

6.2.4.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.2.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       Key Players based in Europe

6.3.1.    Eurofins Scientific

6.3.1.1. Company Snapshot

6.3.1.2. Financial Information

6.3.1.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.3.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.2.    Evotec

6.3.2.1. Company Snapshot

6.3.2.2. Financial Information

6.3.2.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.3.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.3.    Galapagos

6.3.3.1. Company Snapshot

6.3.3.2. Financial Information

6.3.3.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.3.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.4.    Tecan Group

6.3.4.1. Company Snapshot

6.3.4.2. Financial Information

6.3.4.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.3.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.       Key Players based in Asia-Pacific

6.4.1.    GVK Biosciences

6.4.1.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.1.2. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.1.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.2.    Pharmaron

6.4.2.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.2.2. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.2.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.3.    Sai Life Sciences

6.4.3.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.3.2. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.3.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.4.    Shanghai Medicilon

6.4.4.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.4.2. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.4.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.5.    Syngene International

6.4.5.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.5.2. Financial Information

6.4.5.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.5.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.6.    WuXi AppTec

6.4.6.1. Company Snapshot

6.4.6.2. Financial Information

6.4.6.3. ADME Testing Specific Service Portfolio

6.4.6.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. BENCHMARK ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Benchmark Analysis: Methodology

7.3.       Benchmark Analysis: Peer Groups

7.3.1.    Peer Group I

7.3.2.    Peer Group II

7.3.3.    Peer Group III

7.3.4.    Peer Group IV

7.3.5.    Peer Group V

7.3.6.    Peer Group VI

7.3.7.    Peer Group VII

7.3.8.    Peer Group VIII

 

7.4.       Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       In Vitro ADME Testing Services: Mergers and Acquisitions

8.2.1.    Cumulative Year-wise Trend

8.2.2.    Geographical Activity

8.2.3.    Ownership Change Matrix

8.2.4.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Acquisitions

8.2.5.    Key Value Drivers

8.2.6.    Key Acquisitions: Deal Multiples

 

  1. REGULATORY RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDELINES

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Regulatory Guidelines Issued by International Regulatory Agencies

9.2.1.    The International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use

9.2.2.    World Health Organization (WHO)

9.2.3.    Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)

 

9.3.       Regulatory Guidelines Issued by Regional Regulatory Agencies

9.3.1.    United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA), US

9.3.2.    European Medicine Agency (EMA), Europe

9.3.3.    Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW), Japan

 

9.4.       In Vitro ADME Testing Service Providers: Information on Regulatory Approval

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Overall In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market, 2019-2030

 

10.4.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Regions, 2019-2030

10.4.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in North America, 2019-2030

10.4.1.1. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in the US, 2019-2030

10.4.1.2. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Canada, 2019-2030

 

10.4.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Europe, 2019-2030

10.4.2.1. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Germany, 2019-2030

10.4.2.2. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in France, 2019-2030

10.4.2.3. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in the UK, 2019-2030

10.4.2.4. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Italy, 2019-2030

10.4.2.5. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Spain, 2019-2030

10.4.2.6. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Rest of Europe, 2019-2030

 

10.4.3.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030

10.4.3.1. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Japan, 2019-2030

10.4.3.2. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in China, 2018-2028

10.4.3.3. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in India, 2019-2030

10.4.3.4. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

10.5.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Services, 2019-2030

10.5.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Absorption Testing, 2019-2030

10.5.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Distribution Testing, 2019-2030

10.5.3.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Metabolism and Elimination Testing, 2019-2030

 

10.6.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Assays, 2019-2030

10.6.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Caco-2 Permeability Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for PAMPA Permeability Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.3.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for MDCK Permeability Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.4.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Protein Binding Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.5.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Blood Brain Barrier Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.6.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Assays for Studying Blood to Plasma Ratio, 2019-2030

10.6.7.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Metabolic Stability / Clearance Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.8.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Enzyme Induction Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.9.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Enzyme Inhibition Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.10. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Metabolite Profiling and Screening / Identification Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.11. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Metabolite Production Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.12. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Reaction Phenotyping Assay, 2019-2030

10.6.13. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Transporter Interactions Assay, 2019-2030

 

10.7.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Molecules, 2019-2030

10.7.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Small Molecules, 2019-2030

10.7.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Biologics, 2019-2030

 

10.8.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

10.8.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Blood Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Cardiovascular Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.3.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Gastrointestinal and Digestive Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.4.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Hormonal Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.5.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Infectious Diseases, 2019-2030

10.8.6.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Immunological Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.7.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Mental Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.8.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.9.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Neurological Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.10. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Cancers, 2019-2030

10.8.11. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Respiratory Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.12. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Skin Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.13. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Urogenital Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.14. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Other Disorders, 2019-2030

10.8.15. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Market Attractiveness Analysis by Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

 

10.9.     In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market: Distribution by Type of Sponsors, 2019-2030

10.9.1.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Industry Players, 2019-2030

10.9.2.  In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market for Non-Industry Players, 2019-2030

 

  1. CONCLUSION

11.1.     Conducting In Vitro ADME Studies During the Early Stages of Drug Development has Demonstrated the Potential to Improve the Probability of Clinical Success

11.2.     The Contract Services Landscape Features Several Capable CROs Offering Services for In Vitro ADME Testing; Most of these Companies are based in North America and Europe

11.3.     Current Market Leaders Have Vast In Vitro ADME Testing Service Portfolios, Drug Metabolism-related Assays Represent the Major Fraction

11.4.     Stakeholders are Actively Expanding their Existing Capabilities to Cater to the Increasing Demand; this is Evident in the Number of Acquisitions Reported over the Past Decade

11.5.     Driven by the Need to Optimize the Drug Discovery and Development Process, the In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market is Expected to Grow at a Healthy Pace in the Foreseen Future

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     490 BioTech

12.2.1.  Company Snapshot

12.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Dan Close, Chief Scientific Officer

 

12.3.     JRF Global

12.3.1.  Company Snapshot

12.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Sridhar Iyer, Director and Global Head, Business Development and Sarang Gorte, Assistant Manager, Business Development

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, 260 drug candidates are being evaluated in clinical / preclinical stages for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications; the US has emerged as the major hub for microbiome-based research

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 50 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

The concept of microbiome-based therapeutics has generated significant enthusiasm within the medical science community, defining a new frontier in the field of medicine. Despite having captured the interest of several venture capital firms and big pharma players, no microbiome-based therapeutic has been officially approved by an authorized medical product regulator. However, the current development pipeline of microbiome therapeutics has several promising candidates that are likely to result in commercial success stories soon.

 

To order this 640+ page report, which features 235+ figures and 275+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 4 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the microbiome therapeutics (Tx) market and diagnostics (Dx) markets, has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Therapy (Tx)
  • Prescription Drug
  • Prebiotics
  • Probiotics

 

  • Type of Molecule (Tx)
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Indication (Tx+Dx)
  • Acne Vulgaris
  • Atopic Dermatitis
  • Clostridium difficile Infection
  • Colorectal Cancer
  • Crohn’s Disease
  • Diabetes
  • Irritable Bowel Syndrome
  • Lactose Intolerance
  • Lung Cancer
  • Nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Obesity
  • Ulcerative colitis

 

  • Therapeutic Area (Tx+Dx)
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Dental Disorders
  • Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders
  • Dermatological Disorders
  • Infectious Disease
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncology
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions (Tx+Dx)
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

 

The Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 4D Pharma
  • Armata Pharmaceuticals
  • Evelo Biosciences
  • Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)
  • Seres Therapeutics
  • Vedanta Biosciences

 

Table of Contents

  1. Preface

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Microbiome Therapeutics: Market Landscape

 

  1. Company and Drug Profiles

 

  1. Microbiome Diagnostics: Market Landscape

 

  1. Fecal Microbiota Therapy (FMT)

 

  1. Attractiveness Competitiveness (AC) Matrix

 

  1. Microbiome Related Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

 

  1. Start-up Health Indexing

 

  1. Key Therapeutics Areas

 

  1. Funding and Investment Analysis

 

  1. Contract Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

  1. Big Data and Microbiome Therapeutics

 

  1. Microbiome Therapeutics: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Microbiome Diagnostics: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Fecal Microbiota Therapies: Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Case Study: Microbiome-based Products in Other Industries

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix I: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix II: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

Human Microbiome-based Products Market is projected to be worth USD 4 Billion by 2030, growing at an annualized rate of over 40%, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 50 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “Human Microbiome Market, 2019-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

To order this 640+ page report, which features 235+ figures and 275+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, 260 drug candidates are being evaluated in clinical / preclinical stages for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications; the US has emerged as the major hub for microbiome-based research
  • The pipeline features both prebiotic and probiotic drugs, being evaluated across different stages of development; majority of these products are designed for administration via non-invasive routes, such as oral and topical
  • Microbiome therapeutics have demonstrated the potential to target a range of therapeutic areas; digestive and GI disorders, oncology, infectious diseases, and metabolic disorders are amongst the prime focus areas
  • Over 10 microbiome-focused disease diagnosis tests are already available in the market; several companies claim to have initiatives in this domain based on different sample types and therapeutic areas
  • Presently, FMTs are the only commercially available microbiome products for the treatment of recurrent CDIs; in fact, several trials evaluating FMTs, sponsored by non-industry players, have been registered in the past decade
  • Over time, well funded start-ups have initiated product development programs, having invested significant time and effort to explore the applicability of microbiome therapeutics across various indications
  • Several big pharmaceutical players have partnered with smaller and dedicated microbiome-based therapy / diagnostic developers in order to expand their respective capabilities in this upcoming field of pharmacology
  • Contract service providers have become an integral part of microbiome supply chain owing to their technical expertise and ability to overcome existing challenges related to both R&D and production
  • Prevalent trends indicate that microbiome drugs and diagnostics market is poised to grow significantly; the forecasted opportunity is anticipated to be distributed across different target indications and regions
  • Microbiome therapeutic developers are expected to witness significant momentum, in terms of revenues generation, as multiple late stage molecules for the treatment of different clinical conditions get commercialized

 

For more information please visit: 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/human-microbiome-market/281.html

 

Table of Contents

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Concept of Microbiota and Microbiome

3.2.1.    Discovery of the Human Microbiome

3.2.2.    Functions of the Human Microbiome

 

3.3.       Overview of Gut Flora

3.3.1.    Role of Gut Flora in Healthy Individuals

3.3.2.    Factors Affecting Gut Flora

3.3.2.1. Antibiotic Consumption

3.3.2.2. Age and Pregnancy

3.3.2.2.1. Mode of Childbirth

3.3.2.2.2. Type of Feeding

3.3.2.2.3. Antibiotic Consumption by Mother

3.3.2.3. Stress-related Factors

3.3.2.4. Dietary Factors

3.3.2.5. Impact of Lifestyle

 

3.4.       The Microbiome and Disease

3.4.1.    Cancer

3.4.2.    Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

3.4.3.    Obesity

3.4.4.    Parkinson’s Disease

3.4.5.    Type-II Diabetes

3.4.6.    Other Disease Indications

3.5.       Impact of Microbiota on Drug Pharmacokinetics

3.6.       Impact of Microbiota on Therapeutic Outcomes

 

3.7.       Microbiome Therapeutics

3.7.1.    Probiotics

3.7.1.1. Beneficial Bacterial Strains

3.7.1.1.1. Lactobacilli

3.7.1.1.2. Bifidobacteria

3.7.1.1.3. Others

 

3.7.1.2. Key Therapeutic Areas

3.7.1.2.1. Antibiotic-Associated Diarrhea (AAD)

3.7.1.2.2. Bacterial Vaginosis

3.7.1.2.3. High Blood Pressure

3.7.1.2.4. Hypercholesterolemia

3.7.1.2.5. Infectious Childhood Diarrhea (ICD)

3.7.1.2.6. Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)

3.7.1.2.7. Lactose Intolerance

3.7.1.2.8. Vitamin Production

3.7.1.2.9. Weight Management

 

3.7.1.3. Side Effects of Probiotics

 

3.7.2.    Prebiotics

3.7.2.1. Sources of Prebiotics

3.7.2.2. Types of Prebiotics

3.7.2.2.1. Fructo-Oligosaccharides (FOS)

3.7.2.2.2. Galacto-Oligosaccharides (GOS)

3.7.2.2.3. Inulin

 

3.7.2.3. Key Therapeutic Areas

3.7.2.3.1. Antibiotic Associated Diarrhea (AAD)

3.7.2.3.2. Constipation

3.7.2.3.3. Gastrointestinal Disorders

3.7.2.3.4. Dysbiosis

3.7.2.4. Side Effects of Prebiotics

 

3.8.       The Human Microbiome Project (HMP)

3.8.1.    Project Approach

3.8.2.    Project Initiatives

3.8.3.    Project Achievements

                       

3.9.       Regulatory Guidelines for Live Biotherapeutic Products (LBPs)

3.10.     Key Challenges in the Development of Microbiome Therapeutics

3.11.     Future Perspectives

 

  1. MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS: MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Microbiome Therapeutics: Clinical Pipeline

4.2.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.2.4.    Analysis by Target Indication

4.2.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.2.6.    Analysis by Dosing Frequency

4.2.7.    Analysis by Route of Administration

4.2.8.    Analysis by Drug Formulation

 

4.3.       Microbiome Therapeutics: Early-Stage Pipeline

4.3.1.    Analysis by Phase of Development

4.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

4.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.3.4.    Analysis by Target Indication

4.3.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

 

4.4.       Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Drug Developers

4.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.4.3.    Analysis by Company Size

4.4.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.4.5.    Leading Drug Developers: Analysis by Number of Microbiome Therapeutics

 

4.5.       Grid Analysis: Microbiome and Key Therapeutic Areas

 

4.6.       Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Discontinued Drugs

4.7.       Emerging Role of Microbiome in Gut-Brain Axis

4.8.       Microbiome Therapeutics: List of Technology Platforms

 

  1. COMPANY AND DRUG PROFILES

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       4D Pharma

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Microbiome-based Product Portfolio

5.2.2.1. Blautix®

5.2.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.2.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.2.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.2.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.       Armata Pharmaceuticals

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.3.2.1. C16G2

5.3.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.3.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.3.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.3.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.       Evelo Biosciences

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.4.2.1. EDP1503

5.4.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.4.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.4.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.4.2.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Rebiotix (Acquired by Ferring Pharmaceuticals)

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Financial Information

5.5.3.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.5.3.1. RBX2660

5.5.3.1.1. Drug Overview

5.5.3.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.5.3.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.5.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.       Seres Therapeutics

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Financial Information

5.6.3.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.6.3.1. SER-109

5.6.3.1.1. Drug Overview

5.6.3.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.6.3.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.6.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

 

5.6.3.2. SER-287

5.6.3.2.1. Current Status of Development

5.6.3.2.3. Clinical Studies

5.6.3.2.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.       Vedanta Biosciences

5.7.1.    Company Overview

5.7.2.    Microbiome-Based Product Portfolio

5.7.2.1. VE303

5.7.2.1.1. Drug Overview

5.7.2.1.2. Current Status of Development

5.7.2.1.3. Clinical Studies

5.7.3.1.4. Clinical Trial End-Point Analysis

5.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. MICROBIOME DIAGNOSTICS: MARKET LANDSCAPE

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Overview of Microbiome Diagnostic Tests

6.3.       Microbiome Diagnostic Tests: Marketed and Under Development Products

6.3.1.    Analysis by Stage of Development

6.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Sample Required

6.3.3.    Analysis by Target Indication

6.3.4.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

6.3.5.    Analysis by Purpose

 

6.4.       Microbiome Diagnostic Tests: List of Diagnostic Developers

6.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

6.4.2.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

6.4.3.    Analysis by Company Size

6.4.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

6.4.5.    Leading Diagnostic Developers: Analysis by Number of Microbiome Diagnostics

 

6.5.       Profiles of Prominent Diagnostic Developers

6.5.1.    Enterome Bioscience

6.5.1.1. Company Overview

6.5.1.2. Service Portfolio

 

6.5.2.    Vaiomer

6.5.2.1. Company Overview

6.5.2.2. Service Portfolio

6.6.       Overview of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Tests

6.6.1.    List of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Tests

6.6.2.    List of Microbiome Screening / Profiling Test Developers

 

  1. FECAL MICROBIOTA THERAPY (FMT)

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Introduction to FMT

7.3.       Historical Overview

7.4.       FMT: Procedure and Clinical Relevance

7.4.1.    Donor Selection

7.4.2.    Administration Procedure

7.4.3.    Routes of Administration

7.4.4.    Consequences and Adverse Events

7.4.5.    Clinical Guidelines Associated with FMT

 

7.5.       Regulatory Guidelines Related to FMT

7.6.       Insurance Coverage for FMT

 

7.7.       FMT: Competitive Landscape

7.7.1.    Marketed / Development Pipeline (Industry Players)

7.7.1.1. Analysis by Phase of Development

7.7.1.2. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.7.1.3. Analysis by Route of Administration

 

7.7.2.    List of Developers (Industry Players)

7.7.2.1. Analysis by Year of Establishment

7.7.2.2. Analysis by Location of Headquarters

7.7.2.3. Analysis by Company Size

 

7.8.       Clinical Trial Analysis (Non-Industry Sponsored)

7.8.1.    Scope and Methodology

7.8.2.    List of Clinical Trials

7.8.2.1. Analysis by Trial Registration Year

7.8.2.2. Analysis by Trial Status

7.8.2.3. Analysis by Phase of Development

7.8.2.4. Analysis by Patients Enrolled

7.8.2.5. Analysis of Number of Patients Enrolled by Trial Registration Year

7.8.2.6. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.8.2.7. Analysis by Popular Target Indications

7.8.2.8. Analysis by Trial Registration Year and Recruitment Status

7.8.2.9. Analysis by Study Design

7.8.2.10.           Leading Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Trials

7.8.2.11.           Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

7.8.2.12.           Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

7.8.2.13.           Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

7.8.2.14.           Analysis by Trial Focus

7.8.2.15.           Key Clinical Trials

 

7.9.       Stool Banks

7.9.1.    Introduction to Stool Banks

7.9.2.    List of Stool Banks

 

7.9.3.    Profiles of Prominent Stool Banks

7.9.3.1. AdvancingBio

7.9.3.1.1. Overview

7.9.3.1.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.2. Asia Microbiota bank

7.9.3.2.1. Overview

7.9.3.2.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.3. Enterobiotix

7.9.3.3.1. Overview

7.9.3.3.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.4. Flora Medicine

7.9.3.4.1. Overview

7.9.3.4.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

7.9.3.5. OpenBiome

7.9.3.5.1. Overview

7.9.3.5.2. Fecal Microbiota Preparation

 

  1. ATTRACTIVENESS COMPETITIVENESS (AC) MATRIX

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       AC Matrix: An Overview

8.2.1.    Strong Opportunity Areas

8.2.2.    Average Opportunity Areas

8.2.3.    Weak Opportunity Areas

 

8.3.       AC Matrix: Analytical Methodology

8.4.       AC Matrix: Plotting the Information

8.5.       AC Matrix: Analyzing the Data

8.5.1.    Strong Opportunity Areas

8.5.2.    Average Opportunity Areas

8.5.3.    Weak Opportunity Areas

 

  1. MICROBIOME RELATED INITIATIVES OF BIG PHARMACEUTICAL PLAYERS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Scope and Methodology

 

9.3.       Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

9.3.1.    Analysis by Portfolio Diversity

9.3.2.    Analysis by Phase of Development

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Molecule

9.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

9.3.5.    Analysis by Diversity of Therapeutic Areas

 

9.4.       Benchmark Analysis of Big Pharmaceutical Players

9.4.1.    Spider Web Analysis: Company A

9.4.2.    Spider Web Analysis: Company B

9.4.3.    Spider Web Analysis: Company C

9.4.4.    Spider Web Analysis: Company D

9.4.5.    Spider Web Analysis: Company E

9.4.6.    Spider Web Analysis: Company F

9.4.7.    Spider Web Analysis: Company G

9.4.8.    Spider Web Analysis: Company H

9.4.9.    Spider Web Analysis: Company I

9.4.10.  Spider Web Analysis: Company J

9.4.11.  Spider Web Analysis: Company K

 

  1. START-UP HEALTH INDEXING

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Scope and Methodology

10.3.     Benchmark Analysis of Start-ups

10.3.1.  Benchmark Analysis by Portfolio Diversity

10.3.2.  Benchmark Analysis by Phase of Development

10.3.3.  Benchmark Analysis by Diversity in Therapeutic Areas

10.3.4.  Benchmark Analysis by Funding Amount

10.3.5.  Benchmark Analysis by Number of Investors

10.3.6.  Benchmark Analysis by Progression in Funding

10.3.7.  Benchmark Analysis by Partnership Activity

10.3.8.  Benchmark Analysis by Patent Portfolio

10.3.9.  Start-up Health Indexing: Roots Analysis Perspective

10.3.9.1. Short Profiles of Top Five Players

10.3.9.1.1. Evelo Biosciences

10.3.9.1.2. AOBiome Therapuetics

10.3.9.1.3. SFA Therapeutics

10.3.9.1.4. Azitra

10.3.9.1.5. Axial Biotherapeutics

 

  1. KEY THERAPEUTIC AREAS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Metabolic Disorders

11.2.1.  Diabetes

11.2.1.1. Disease Description

11.2.1.2. Associated Health Risks / Complications

11.2.1.3. Epidemiology

11.2.1.4. Disease Diagnosis

11.2.1.5. Current Treatment Options

11.2.1.5.1. Insulin Therapies

11.2.1.5.2. Non-Insulin Therapies

11.2.1.6. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.2.1.7. Microbiome Therapeutics for Diabetes

 

11.2.2.  Lactose Intolerance

11.2.2.1. Disease Description

1.2.2.2. Epidemiology

11.2.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.2.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for Lactose Intolerance

 

11.2.3.  Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)

11.2.3.1. Disease Description

11.2.3.2. Epidemiology

11.2.3.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.3.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for NASH

 

11.2.4.  Primary Hyperoxaluria

11.2.4.1. Disease Description

11.2.4.2. Epidemiology

11.2.4.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.4.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for Primary Hyperoxaluria

 

11.2.5.  Obesity

11.2.5.1. Disease Description

11.2.5.2. Epidemiology

11.2.5.3. Current Treatment Options

11.2.5.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.2.5.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Obesity

 

11.3.     Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders

11.3.1.  Crohn’s Disease

11.3.1.1. Disease Description

11.3.1.2. Epidemiology

11.3.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.3.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Crohn’s Disease

 

11.3.2.  Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS)

11.3.2.1. Disease Description

11.3.2.2. Epidemiology

11.3.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.2.4. Microbiome Therapeutics for IBS

 

11.3.3.  Ulcerative Colitis

11.3.3.1. Disease Description

11.3.3.2. Epidemiology

11.3.3.3. Current Treatment Options

11.3.3.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.3.3.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Ulcerative Colitis

 

11.4.     Oncological Indications

11.4.1.  Colorectal Cancer

11.4.1.1. Disease Description

11.4.1.2. Epidemiology

11.4.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.4.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatments

11.4.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Colorectal Cancer

                       

11.4.2.  Lung Cancer

11.4.2.1. Disease Description

11.4.2.2. Epidemiology

11.4.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.4.2.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.4.2.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Lung Cancer

 

11.5.     Dermatological Disorders

11.5.1.  Acne Vulgaris

11.5.1.1. Disease Description

11.5.1.2. Epidemiology

11.5.1.3. Current Treatment Options

11.5.1.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.5.1.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Acne Vulgaris

 

11.6.     Infectious Diseases

11.6.1.  Clostridium Difficile Infections (CDIs)

11.6.1.1. Description

11.6.1.2. Epidemiology

11.6.1.3. Disease Diagnosis

11.6.1.4. Current Treatment Options

11.6.1.5. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.6.1.6. Microbiome Therapeutics for CDI

 

11.6.2.  Bacterial Vaginosis

11.6.2.1. Disease Description

11.6.2.2. Epidemiology

11.6.2.3. Current Treatment Options

11.6.2.4. Side Effects of Current Treatment Options

11.6.2.5. Microbiome Therapeutics for Bacterial Vaginosis

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Types of Funding

 

12.3.     Microbiome Therapeutics and Diagnostics: List of Funding and Investments

12.3.1.  Analysis by Number of Instances

12.3.2. Analysis by Amount Invested

12.3.3. Analysis by Type of Funding

12.3.4. Analysis by Type of Company

12.3.5. Analysis by Purpose of Funding

12.3.6. Analysis by Type of Molecule

12.3.7. Analysis by Target Indication

12.3.8. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

12.3.9.  Analysis by Geography

12.3.10. Most Active Players

12.3.11. Most Active Investors

12.3.12.  Analysis by Type of Investors

12.3.13. Analysis by Location of Investors

12.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONTRACT SERVICES FOR MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Manufacturing Microbiome Therapeutics

13.2.1.  Key Steps Involved

13.2.2.  Associated Challenges

13.2.3.  Growing Demand for Contract Manufacturing Services

 

13.2.4.  Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs)

13.2.4.1. Introduction to Contract Manufacturing

13.2.4.2. List of Organizations Offering Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

13.2.5.  In-House Manufacturers

13.2.5.1. Introduction to In-House Manufacturing

13.2.5.2. List of In-House Manufacturers

 

13.3.     Microbiome Therapeutics-related R&D

13.3.1.  Growing Demand for Contract Research Services

13.3.2.  Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

13.3.2.1. Introduction to Contract Research

13.3.2.2. List of Organizations Offering Services for Microbiome Therapeutics

 

13.4.     Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CMO / CRO Partner

 

  1. BIG DATA AND MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Introduction to Big Data

14.3.     Internet of Things

14.4.     Growing Interest in Big Data: Google Trends Analysis

14.5.     Key Application Areas

 

14.6.     Big Data in Microbiome Research

14.6.1.  Microbiome Data and Personalized Medicine

14.6.2.  Microbiome-related Data Management Challenges

14.6.3.  National Microbiome Data Center

 

14.7.     Big Data Services for Microbiome Research: List of Companies

14.8.     Big Data Services for Microbiome Research: Profiles of Key Players

14.8.1.  Human Longevity

14.8.1.1. Company Overview

14.8.1.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

14.8.1.3. Recent Developments

 

14.8.2.  Resilient Biotics

14.8.2.1. Company Overview

14.8.2.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

14.8.2.3. Recent Developments

 

14.8.3.  Resphera Biosciences

14.8.3.1. Company Overview

14.8.3.2. Technology and Service Portfolio

 

  1. MICROBIOME THERAPEUTICS: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Scope and Limitations

15.3.     Forecast Methodology

 

15.4.     Overall Microbiome Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

15.4.1.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Therapy, 2025 and 2030

15.4.1.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Prescription Drugs, 2019-2030

15.4.1.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Prebiotic Drugs, 2019-2030

15.4.1.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Probiotic Drugs, 2019-2030

 

15.4.2.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Molecule, 2025 and 2030

15.4.2.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Small Molecules, 2019-2030

15.4.2.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Biologics, 2019-2030

 

15.4.3.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Target Indication, 2025 and 2030

15.4.3.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Acne Vulgaris, 2019-2030

15.4.3.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Atopic Dermatitis, 2019-2030

15.4.3.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for CDI, 2019-2030

15.4.3.4. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Crohn’s Disease, 2019-2030

15.4.3.5. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dental Caries, 2019-2030

15.4.3.6. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030

15.4.3.7. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for IBS, 2019-2030

15.4.3.8. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Lactose Intolerance, 2019-2030

15.4.3.9. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Lung Cancer, 2019-2030

15.4.3.10. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for NASH, 2019-2030

15.4.3.11. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Primary Hyperoxaluria, 2019-2030

15.4.3.12. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Psoriasis, 2019-2030

15.4.3.13. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Ulcerative Colitis, 2019-2030

 

15.4.4.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2025 and 2030

15.4.4.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Autoimmune Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dental Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.4. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Dermatological Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.5. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Infectious Diseases, 2019-2030

15.4.4.6. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030

15.4.4.7. Microbiome Therapeutics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030

 

15.4.5.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2025 and 2030

15.4.5.1. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in North America, 2019-2030

15.4.5.2. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in Europe, 2019-2030

15.4.5.3. Microbiome Therapeutics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030

15.4.6.  Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Leading Drug Developers, 2025 and 2030

15.5.     Microbiome Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Leading Therapeutic Products, 2019-2030

15.5.1.  Drug-wise Sales Forecast

15.5.1.1. IBP-9414 (Infant Bacterial Therapeutics)

15.5.1.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.1.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.1.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.2.1. Oxabact (OxThera)

15.5.2.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.2.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.2.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.3.1. RBX2660 (Rebiotix)

15.5.3.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.3.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.3.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.4.1. RP-G28 (Ritter Pharmaceuticals)

15.5.4.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.4.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.4.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

15.5.5.1. SER-109 (Seres Therapeutics)

15.5.5.2. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

15.5.5.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

15.5.5.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

  1. MICROBIOME DIAGNOSTICS: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Scope and Limitations

16.3      Forecast Methodology

16.4.     Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030

16.4.1.  Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.4.2.  Overall Microbiome Diagnostics Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.5.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019, 2030

16.5.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBD, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBS, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.5. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for NASH, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.6. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Obesity, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.5.1.7. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.5.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Target Indications, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Colorectal Cancer, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Diabetes, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBD, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for IBS, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.5. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for NASH, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.6. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Obesity, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.5.2.7. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.6.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

16.6.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.6.1.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.6.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Areas, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Digestive and Gastrointestinal Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Oncology, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.6.2.4. Microbiome Diagnostics Market for Others, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

16.7.     Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019-2030

16.7.1.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019 and 2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in North America, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Europe, 2019-2030 (By Value)

16.7.1.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

16.7.2.  Microbiome Diagnostics Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2019 and 2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.1. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in North America, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.2. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Europe, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

16.7.2.3. Microbiome Diagnostics Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

  1. FECAL MICROBIOTA THERAPIES: MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Scope and Limitations

17.3.     Forecast Methodology

17.4.     Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030

17.4.1.  Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

17.4.2.  Overall FMT Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

 

17.5.     Overall Microbiome Market by Product Offerings, 2019-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: MICROBIOME-BASED PRODUCTS IN OTHER INDUSTRIES

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     List of Microbiome Products in Other Industries

18.2.1.  Applications of Microbiome Based Products in Cosmetics and Food Industry

18.3.     Applications of Microbiome Based Products in Agriculture Industry

18.4.     Future Prospects

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

20.1      Chapter Overview

20.2.     Floragraph

20.2.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Alicia Scheffer, Chief Executive Officer

 

20.3.     Rebiotix

20.3.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Lee Jones, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.4.     S-Biomedic

20.4.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Veronika Oudova, Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.5.     Whole Biome

20.5.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Colleen Cutcliffe, Co-founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

20.6.     Siolta Therapeutics

20.6.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Nikole E Kimes, Co-founder and Vice President

 

20.7.     OpenBiome

20.7.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.7.2.  Interview Transcript: James Burges, Executive Director

 

20.8.     Assembly Biosciences

20.8.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.8.2.  Interview Transcript: JP Benya, Vice President, Business Development

                       

20.9.     List Biological Laboratories

20.9.1.  Company / Organization Snapshot

20.9.2.  Interview Transcript: Debbie Pinkston, Vice President, Sales and Business Development

 

20.10.   Metabiomics

20.10.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.10.2. Interview Transcript: Gregory J Kuehn, Vice President, Business Development and Marketing

 

20.11.   MicroBiome Therapeutics

20.11.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.11.2. Interview Transcript: Mark Heiman, Chief Scientific Officer and Vice President, Research

 

20.12.   Universal Stabilization Technologies

20.12.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.12.2. Interview Transcript: Alexander Segal, Vice President, Business Development

 

20.13.   BiomX

20.13.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.13.2. Interview Transcript: Assaf Oron, Chief Business Officer

 

20.14.   Da Volterra

20.14.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.14.2. Interview Transcript: Pierre-Alain Bandinelli, Chief Business Officer

 

20.15.   Chung Mei Pharmaceutical

20.15.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.15.2. Interview Transcript: Alexander Lin, Associate General Manager

 

20.16.   Pacific Northwest National Laboratories

20.16.1. Company / Organization Snapshot

20.16.2. Interview Transcript: Aaron Wright, Senior Scientist

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Over 100 industry players are engaged in evaluating the potential of several prescription (validated through clinical research) digital therapeutic solutions to prevent / treat various chronic diseases

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 50 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

 

Recent advances in information technology and biomedical science have enabled the development of a number of versatile digital solutions that are capable of either mimicking or augmenting, the fundamental qualities of pharmacological interventions.

 

To order this 500+ page report, which features 160+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

The USD 8.86 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the digital therapeutics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Solution
  • Standalone Software Application
  • Software Application + Device + Personal Coach
  • Software Application + Device + AI Support
  • Software Application + Device
  • Software Application + AI Support
  • Software Application + Personal Coach
  • Other Types of Solutions

 

  • Purpose of Solution
  • Medication Replacement
  • Medication Augmentation

 

  • Type of Therapy
  • Curative
  • Preventive

 

  • Business Model
  • Business to Consumer (Patients and Caregivers)
  • Business to Business (Healthcare Providers, Payers, Employers and Pharmaceutical Companies)

 

  • Therapeutic Areas
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Chronic Pain
  • Mental Health Problems
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Sleep Disorders
  • Substance Use Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the world 

 

The Digital Health Market: Focus on Digital Therapeutics (2nd Edition), 2020-2030 (Based on Type of Solution (Software Solution, Gaming Solution and Combination Solution), Type of Therapy (Curative and Preventive), and Purpose of Solution (Medication Replacement and Medication Augmentation, report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Akili Interactive
  • Beats Medical
  • Big Health
  • Bold Health
  • Click Therapeutics
  • CureApp
  • dreem
  • Ehave
  • Ginger
  • Happify Health
  • inMotion VR
  • Kaia Health
  • Lark Health
  • Mahana Therapeutics
  • MindMaze
  • Noom
  • NOVOSI
  • Omada Health
  • Palo Alto Health Sciences
  • Pear Therapeutics
  • Vida Health
  • Welldoc
  • ZOLL Medical

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Current Market Landscape

  4. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. Company Profiles

  2. Clinical Trial Analysis

  3. Funding and Investment Analysis

 

  1. Partnerships and Collaborations

  2. Go-To-Market Strategy

  3. Bowman Clock Pricing Strategy Analysis

  4. Market Forecast

  5. Case Study: Impact of Coronavirus Outbreak

  6. Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions

 

  1. Swot Analysis

 

  1. Digital Solutions: Recent Trends and Future Opportunities

  2. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/digital-health-market-focus-on-digital-therapeutic-monitoring-and-diag/208.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The global digital therapeutics market is projected to be worth over USD 8.86 billion by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 19.7%, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 50 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “Digital Health Market: Focus on Digital Therapeutics (2nd Edition), 2020-2030 (Based on Type of Solution (Software Solution, Gaming Solution and Combination Solution), Type of Therapy (Curative and Preventive), and Purpose of Solution (Medication Replacement and Medication Augmentation” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 500+ page report, which features 160+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Eminent representatives from companies across the world attest to the fact that there is growing interest in the digital therapeutics market, highlighting the prevalent and anticipated trends in R&D and adoption
  • Over 100 industry players are engaged in evaluating the potential of several prescription (validated through clinical research) digital therapeutic solutions to prevent / treat various chronic diseases
  • The pipeline features a variety of digital health applications and therapy solutions that are in different stages of development, being investigated for diverse purposes, across a wide-range of clinical conditions
  • These solutions have demonstrated applicability across more than 20 therapeutic areas; several products have been marketed / approved for the treatment or prevention of mental health problems and metabolic disorders
  • In pursuit of a competitive edge, digital therapeutic solution developers are focusing on the integration of advanced features into their respective products and affiliated offerings
  • In the last few years, over 220 clinical trials evaluating the potential benefits of digital therapeutics in close to 80,000 patients, have been registered; most of these were / are being conducted at various centers in the US
  • Apart from the clinical benefit, cost is another key determinant of the acceptance and adoption of such novel interventions; pricing strategy matrix is likely to assist players to evaluate competitive market prices for solutions
  • To support the ongoing innovation in this field, several private and public investors have made substantial capital investments, amounting to approximately USD 1.7 billion, in various initiatives of stakeholders
  • The growing interest in this field is reflected by the increase in partnership activity, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders, across different geographical marketplaces
  • In order to promote the adoption of proprietary digital health solutions, developers are actively exploring various marketing strategies in order to highlight key features of their products across a number of platforms
  • Several digital monitoring / diagnostic solutions are also available to manage / diagnose patients for various chronic diseases; specifically, these remote monitoring solutions have gained interest during COVID-19
  • Given the rising incidence of chronic clinical conditions and a growing pipeline of modern medicines to treat such diseases, the market for evidence-based digital therapeutics is poised to grow at a CAGR of ~20% till 2030
  • The projected market opportunity is anticipated to be well-distributed across different therapeutic areas, distribution channels and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/digital-health-market-focus-on-digital-therapeutic-monitoring-and-diag/208.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1        Chapter Overview

3.2.       Digitization in the Healthcare Sector

3.3.       Next-Generation Healthcare Solutions

 

3.4.       Key Concepts Associated with Digital Health Solutions

3.4.1.    Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT)

3.4.2.    Internet of Things (IoT)

3.4.3.    Big Data

3.4.4.    Artificial Intelligence (AI)

3.4.5.    Gamification

 

3.5.       Overview of Digital Therapeutics

3.5.1.    Key Strategic Initiatives

3.5.1.1. Digital Therapeutics Alliance (DTA)

3.5.1.2. Personal Connected Health (PCH) Alliance

3.5.1.3. Programs Initiated by The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)

3.5.1.4. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)

3.5.1.5. National Health Service (NHS) Guidelines

3.5.1.6. United States Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) Regulations for Digital Therapeutics

 

3.5.2.    Product Development and Commercialization Path for Digital Therapeutics

3.5.2.1. Discovery and Preclinical Phase

3.5.2.2. Clinical Trials and Validation

3.5.2.3. Involving Insurance Providers / Payers

3.5.2.4. Distribution and Marketing

 

  1. CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Digital Therapeutics: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Status of Development

4.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Solution

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Therapy     

4.2.4.    Analysis by Purpose of Solution

4.2.5.    Analysis by Target Disease Indication(s)

4.2.6.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.2.7.    Analysis by Target Population

 

4.3.       Digital Therapeutics: Additional Information

4.3.1.    Analysis by Prescription Requirement

4.3.2.    Analysis by Duration of Course

4.3.3.    Analysis by Cost of Solution

 

4.4.       Digital Therapeutics: List of Developers

4.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.4.3.    Analysis by Type of Business Model

4.4.4.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

4.5.       Leading Developers: Analysis by Number of Digital Therapeutics Solutions

4.6.       Leading Developers: 4D Bubble Analysis based on Portfolio Strength, Target Indication and Company Size

4.7.       Grid Representation: Analysis by Status of Development, Type of Solution and Therapeutic Area

4.8.       Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Therapeutic Area and Company Size

4.9.       World Map Representation: Analysis of Regional Activity

4.10.     Digital Therapeutics: Information on Additional Companies

 

  1. PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Methodology

5.3.       Assumptions / Key Parameters

5.4.       Key Therapeutic Areas

5.4.1.    Cardiovascular Disorders

5.4.1.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

5.4.2.    Mental Health Problems

5.4.2.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

5.4.3.    Metabolic Disorders     

5.4.3.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

5.4.4.    Neurological Disorders

5.4.4.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

5.4.5.    Substance Use Disorders

5.4.5.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

5.4.6.    Other Therapeutic Areas

5.4.6.1. Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Akili Interactive

6.2.1     Company Overview

6.2.2.    Product Portfolio

6.2.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       Big Health

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Product Portfolio

6.3.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.       dreem

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Product Portfolio

6.4.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5        Kaia Health

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Product Portfolio

6.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.6.       Mindmaze

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Product Portfolio

6.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.       Omada Health

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Product Portfolio

6.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.8.       Pear Therapeutics

6.8.1.    Company Overview

6.8.2.    Product Portfolio

6.8.3     Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.9.       Vida Health

6.9.1.    Company Overview

6.9.2.    Product Portfolio

6.9.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.10.     Voluntis

6.10.1.  Company Overview

6.10.2.  Product Portfolio

6.10.3.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.11.     WellDoc

6.11.1.  Company Overview

6.11.2.  Product Portfolio

6.11.3.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.12.     Wellthy Therapeutics

6.12.1.  Company Overview

6.12.2.  Product Portfolio

6.12.3.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Scope and Methodology

 

7.3.       Digital Therapeutics: Clinical Trial Analysis

7.3.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

7.3.2.    Analysis by Trial Phase

7.3.3.    Analysis by Number of Patients Enrolled and Trial Registration Year

7.3.4.    Analysis by Study Design

7.3.5.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

7.3.6.    Analysis by Sponsor / Collaborator

7.3.7.    Leading Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

7.3.8     Leading Digital Therapeutic Solutions: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

7.3.9.    Analysis by Trial Focus

7.3.10.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.3.11.  Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

7.3.12.  Geographical Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

7.3.13.  Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

 

7.4.       Clinical End-Points Analysis

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Types of Funding

 

8.3.       Digital Therapeutics: Funding and Investment Analysis

8.3.1.    Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

8.3.2.    Analysis by Amount Invested

8.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Funding

8.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

8.3.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

8.3.6.    Analysis by Geography 

8.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

8.3.8.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Amount of Funding

8.3.9.    Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Instances

                       

8.4        Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Partnership Models

9.3.       Digital Therapeutics: Recent Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

 

9.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.2.1. Analysis by Type of Partnership and Year of Partnership

9.3.2.2. Analysis by Type of Partnership and Company Size

 

9.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Partner

9.3.3.1. Analysis by Type of Partner and Year of Partnership

9.3.3.2. Analysis by Type of Partner and Type of Partnership

 

9.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Therapy

9.3.4.1. Analysis by Type of Therapy and Type of Partnership

9.3.4.2. Analysis by Type of Therapy and Type of Partner

 

9.3.5.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

9.3.5.1. Analysis by Therapeutic Area and Year of Partnership

9.3.5.2  Analysis by Therapeutic Area and Type of Partner

 

9.3.6.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.7.    Regional Analysis

9.3.8.    Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. GO-TO-MARKET STRATEGY

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Marketing Strategies Adopted by Digital Therapeutic Developers

10.2.1.  Participation in Global Events

10.2.2.  Marketing on Social Media Platforms

10.2.3.  Marketing on Online / Print Media Platforms

10.2.4.  Undertaking Various Promotional Activities through Official Websites

10.2.5.  Adoption of Different Business Models and Pricing Strategies

10.2.5.1. B2C Business Model

10.2.5.2. B2B Business Model

10.2.5.2. B2B2C Business Model

 

10.2.6.  Undertaking Various Promotional Activities through Product Add-ons

10.3.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. BOWMAN CLOCK PRICING STRATEGY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Bowman Strategy Clock

11.2.1.  Two Dimensions of Bowman Strategy Clock

11.2.2.  Eight Positions on Bowman Strategic Clock

 

11.3      Roots Analysis Framework

11.3.1.  Methodology

11.3.2.  Theoretical Framework and Price Evaluation Hypothesis

11.3.3.  Results and Interpretation

11.3.3.1. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Status of Development

11.3.3.2. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Type of Solution

11.3.3.3. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Purpose of Solution

11.3.3.4. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Type of Therapy

11.3.3.5. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Therapeutic Area

11.3.3.6. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Prescription Requirement

11.3.3.7. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Course Duration

11.3.3.8. Product Price Evaluation Matrix: Based on Distribution Channel

11.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030

 

12.4.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Solution

12.4.1.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Standalone Software Applications, 2020-2030

12.4.2.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Combination Offerings (Software Application + Device + Personal Coach), 2020-2030

12.4.3.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Combination Offerings (Software Application + Device + AI Support), 2020-2030

12.4.4.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Combination Offerings (Software Application + Device), 2020-2030

12.4.5.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Combination Offerings (Software Application +                 AI Support), 2020-2030

12.4.6.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Combination Offerings (Software Application + Personal Coach), 2020-2030

12.4.7.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Other Types of Solutions, 2020-2030

 

12.5.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Purpose of Solution

12.5.1.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Medication Replacement Solutions, 2020-2030

12.5.2.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Medication Augmentation Solutions, 2020-2030

 

12.6.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Therapy

12.6.1   Digital Therapeutics Market for Curative Therapy, 2020-2030

12.6.2.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Preventive Therapy, 2020-2030

 

12.7.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Business Model

12.7.1.  Digital Therapeutics Market for B2C Model (Patients and Caregivers), 2020-2030

12.7.2.  Digital Therapeutics Market for B2B Model (Healthcare Providers, Payers,                                   Employers and Pharmaceutical Companies), 2020-2030

 

12.8.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area

12.8.1.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Cardiovascular Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.2.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Chronic Pain, 2020-2030

12.8.3.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Mental Health Problems, 2020-2030

12.8.4.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.5.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Neurological Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.6.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Respiratory Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.7.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Sleep Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.8.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Substance Use Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.9.  Digital Therapeutics Market for Other Disorders, 2020-2030

 

12.9.     Global Digital Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Geography

12.9.1   Digital Therapeutics Market in North America, 2020-2030

12.9.1.1 Digital Therapeutics Market in the US, 2020-2030

12.9.1.2 Digital Therapeutics Market in Canada, 2020-2030

 

12.9.2   Digital Therapeutics Market in Europe, 2020-2030

12.9.2.1. Digital Therapeutics Market in France, 2020-2030

12.9.2.2. Digital Therapeutics Market in Germany, 2020-2030

12.9.2.3. Digital Therapeutics Market in Italy, 2020-2030

12.9.2.4. Digital Therapeutics Market in Spain, 2020-2030

12.9.2.5. Digital Therapeutics Market in the UK, 2020-2030

12.9.2.6. Digital Therapeutics Market in Rest of Europe, 2020-2030

 

12.9.3.  Digital Therapeutics Market in Asia-Pacific, 2020-2030

12.9.3.1. Digital Therapeutics Market in Australia, 2020-2030

12.9.3.2. Digital Therapeutics Market in China, 2020-2030

12.9.3.3. Digital Therapeutics Market in India, 2020-2030

12.9.3.4. Digital Therapeutics Market in Japan, 2020-2030

12.9.3.5. Digital Therapeutics Market in South Korea, 2020-2030

12.9.3.6. Digital Therapeutics Market in Rest of Asia-Pacific, 2020-2030

 

12.9.4.  Digital Therapeutics Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic on Digital Therapeutics

13.2.1.  Impact on Future Market Opportunity for Digital Therapeutic Solutions Market

 

13.3.     Recuperative Strategies for Developer Businesses

13.3.1.  Strategies for Implementation in the Short / Mid Term

13.3.2.  Strategies for Implementation in the Long Term

 

  1. REMOTE DIGITAL MONITORING / DIAGNOSTIC SOLUTIONS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     An Introduction to Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions        

14.3.     Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions: Overall Market Landscape

14.3.1.  Analysis by Status of Development

14.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Solution

14.3.3.  Analysis by Target Disease Indication(s)

14.3.4.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

14.3.5.  Grid Representation: Analysis by Status of Development, Type of Solution, and                Therapeutic Area

 

14.4.     Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions: List of Developers       

14.4.1.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

14.4.2.  Analysis by Company Size

14.4.3.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

14.5.     Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions: Company Profiles

14.5.1.  AliveCor

14.5.1.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.1.2. Product Portfolio

14.5.1.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

14.5.2.  Bioserenity

14.5.2.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.2.2. Product Portfolio

14.5.2.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

14.5.3.  Cue

14.5.3.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.2.2. Product Portfolio

14.5.2.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

14.5.4.  Kinsa

14.5.4.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.4.2. Product Portfolio

14.5.4.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

14.6.     Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions: Funding and Investment Analysis

14.6.1.  Types of Funding

14.6.2.  Remote Digital Monitoring / Diagnostic Solutions: List of Funding and                               Investments

14.6.2.1. Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

14.6.2.2. Analysis by Amount Invested

14.6.2.3. Analysis by Type of Funding

14.6.2.4. Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

14.6.2.5. Most Active Players: Analysis by Amount Invested

14.6.2.6. Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances          

 

14.7.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

15.2.1.  Strengths

15.2.2.  Weaknesses

15.2.3.  Opportunities

15.2.4.  Threats

 

  1. DIGITAL SOLUTIONS: RECENT TRENDS AND FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Prevalent Trends Related to Digital Therapeutics

16.2.1.  Emerging Focus Areas

16.2.2.  Key Historical Trends

16.2.3.  Geographical Distribution of Activity

 

16.3.     Trends Shaping the Future of Digital Therapeutics

16.3.1.  Digital Solutions Closing the Digital Gap

16.3.2.  Increasing Focus on Patient Centric Models

16.3.3.  Applicability across a Variety of Disease Indications

16.3.4.  Increasing Emphasis on Real-World Evidence in Research and Development

16.3.5.  Advances in IT and Computing Power to Foster Future Innovation

16.4.     Improving the Future Health: Opportunities Beyond Digital Therapeutics

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Vida Health

17.2.1.  Company Snapshot

17.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Stephanie Tilenius, Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

17.3.     Canary Health

17.3.1.  Company Snapshot

17.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Adam Kaufman, Chief Executive Officer

 

17.4.     Floreo

17.4.1.  Company Snapshot

17.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Vijay Ravidran, Chief Executive Officer

           

17.5.     Somatix

17.5.1.  Company Snapshot

17.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Eran Ofir, Chief Executive Officer   

 

17.6.     Tilak Healthcare

17.6.1.  Company Snapshot

17.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Edouard Gasser, Chief Executive Officer    

 

17.7.     Wellthy Therapeutics

17.7.1.  Company Snapshot

17.7.2.  Interview Transcript: Palakh R Saraogi, Vice President Marketing, Arani Sarkra,               Senior Manager Consumer Marketing, and Yolande D’Mello, Marketing and                                  Public Relations

 

17.8.     Voluntis

17.8.1.  Company Snapshot

17.8.2.  Interview Transcript: Amelie Janson, Communications Manager

 

17.9.     Anonymous

17.9.1.  Interview Transcript: Anonymous, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The “Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities for contract service providers offering fill finish services for prefilled syringes.

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 51 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 260+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering contract fill / finish services for prefilled syringes, along with analyses based on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of the headquarters, location of fill / finish facilities, type of drug molecule (small molecule and biologic), syringe barrel material (glass and plastic), syringe fill volume and additional services offered (drug formulation, regulatory support, labelling and packaging, terminal sterilization, storage and logistics). In addition, the chapter includes details on prefilled syringe fill / finish installed capacity of the service providers.
  • Tabulated profiles of key players (shortlisted based on a proprietary criterion) across key geographies, such as North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Each profile provides an overview of the company, information on its overall service portfolio, fill / finish facilities, financial performance (if available), and details on recent developments as well as an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the recent developments (since 2015) pertaining to contract fill / finish services, based on various parameters, such as year of development, type of activity / development (collaboration and expansions), scale of operation of the project, location of expanded facility, type of drug molecule involved and additional services offered.
  • An estimate of the global, contract fill / finish capacity of prefilled syringes, by taking into consideration the capacities of various fill / finish service providers (as available on respective company websites), collected via secondary and primary research. The study examines the distribution of number of prefilled syringe units and volume of drug filled, based on the company size of manufacturer (small-sized, mid-sized and large), scale of operation (preclinical / clinical and commercial), location of headquarters and fill / finish facilities (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific) and type of drug molecule (small molecule and biologics).
  • An informed estimate of the annual demand for fill / finish of prefilled syringes (in number of units), taking into account the marketed drugs available in prefilled syringes and other relevant parameters, such as target patient population, dosing frequency and dose strength. The study provides the distribution of the annual demand, based on the geography (North America (US), Europe (UK, France, Italy, Spain, Germany and rest of Europe), Latin America (Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and rest of Latin America), Asia-Pacific (Japan, China, India, South Korea and rest of Asia-Pacific), and the Middle East and Africa (Saudi Arabia, UAE, Africa and rest of the Middle East)), type of drug molecule (small molecule and biologics), therapeutic area (blood disorders, infectious diseases, metabolic disorders, oncological disorders and others), syringe barrel material (glass and plastic) and number of barrel chambers (single chamber and dual chamber).
  • A detailed demand and supply assessment of geographies, based on a number of parameters, such as the number of prefilled syringe combination product developers, number of prefilled syringe manufacturers, number of prefilled syringe fill / finish service providers, number of prefilled syringe fill / finish facilities, capacity and demand for prefilled syringes in that particular geographical region.
  • An analysis presenting potential strategic partners (primarily drug developers) for prefilled syringe fill / finish service providers, based on different parameters, such as developer strength, pipeline strength, type of drug molecule, target therapeutic area and location of the headquarters of the company.
  • A discussion on the potential growth areas, such as growing injectable drugs pipeline, increasing popularity of prefilled syringes, rise in preference for outsourcing of fill / finish operations, technological advancements in aseptic fill / finish processes, and growing opportunities in the Asia-Pacific region.
  • A review of the landscape of prefilled syringe manufacturers, featuring a list of key prefilled syringes and their manufacturers, analyzed based on a number of relevant parameters, such as syringe barrel material (glass and plastic), number of barrel chambers (single chamber and dual chamber), type of needle system (fixed needle system, luer lock and luer cone) barrel volume, year of establishment and location of the headquarters of manufacturers.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of drug molecule
  • Biologic
  • Small Molecule

 

  • Target therapeutic area
  • Blood disorders
  • Infectious diseases
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Neurological disorders
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Others

 

  • Syringe barrel material
  • Glass
  • Plastic

 

  • Number of barrel chambers
  • Single chamber
  • Dual chamber

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Latin America
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Middle East and Africa

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the key players offering fill / finish in prefilled syringes, across the globe?
  • What is the current, installed capacity for fill / finish in prefilled syringes?
  • What is the annual, demand for prefilled syringes, at both clinical and commercial scales?
  • What are the key geographical hubs of fill / finish services for prefilled syringes?
  • What are the key growth drivers within this domain?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Prefilled Syringes Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030
  2. Biologics Fill / Finish Services Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 100 companies across the globe claim to provide contract fill / finish services for prefilled syringes; close to 50% of these service providers are large companies with over 500 employees, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 51 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

According to the 10th Annual Report and Survey of Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing Capacity and Production, biopharmaceutical manufacturers have been reported to outsource more than 30% of their fill / finish operations to contract service providers. Owing to the benefits, such as inherent safety and ease-of-use, and provisions to reduce dosing errors, risk of occlusions, extravasation and phlebitis, several injectable drugs (Humira®, Enbrel®, Avastin®, PREVNAR 13®, ALPROLIX® and Benefix®), diluents and other products requiring parenteral administration, are packaged in prefilled syringes.

 

To order this 260+ page report, which features 60+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 3 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the prefilled syringe fill / finish services market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Type of drug molecule
  • Biologic
  • Small Molecule

 

  • Target therapeutic area
  • Blood disorders
  • Infectious diseases
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Neurological disorders
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Others

 

  • Syringe barrel material
  • Glass
  • Plastic

 

  • Number of barrel chambers
  • Single chamber
  • Dual chamber

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Latin America
  • Asia Pacific
  • Middle East and Africa

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Market Landscape

 

  1. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers in North America: Company Profiles

 

  1. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers in Europe: Company Profiles

 

  1. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers in Asia-Pacific: Company Profiles

 

  1. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers: Recent Developments

 

  1. Capacity Analysis

 

  1. Demand Analysis

 

  1. Geographical Assessment of Demand and Supply

 

  1. Likely Partner Analysis

 

  1. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Future Growth Opportunities

 

  1. Case Study: Prefilled Syringe Manufacturers

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/prefilled-syringe-fill-finish-services/301.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

The prefilled syringe fill / finish services market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of over 10%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 51 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 260+ page report, which features 60+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 100 companies across the globe claim to provide contract fill / finish services for prefilled syringes; close to 50% of these service providers are large companies with over 500 employees.
  • The market landscape features the presence of well- established players in the domain, most of which claim to operate at various scales of operation and are located in different geographies.
  • In order to acquire competencies across the supply chain and cater to the evolving needs of clients, companies offering services across different scales of operation have established presence in various geographies.
  • Fill / finish service providers are actively investing in expansion projects to upgrade existing capabilities and capacity; several partnerships, mostly focused on offering contract services, have also been forged.
  • As expected, majority of the installed contract fill / finish capacity for prefilled syringes belongs to the large service providers, accounting for around 80% of the available global capacity.
  • The demand for fill / finish services for prefilled syringes is likely to steadily increase in the coming years; we believe stakeholders may have to expand their respective capacities to ensure a consistent supply.
  • An evaluation of prefilled syringe combination product developers revealed that Europe and North America have emerged as the key regions for partnering opportunities for fill / finish service providers.
  • Caste Study: Around 70 prefilled syringes are being manufactured by large companies, most of which claim to be capable of fabricating syringe barrels from both glass and plastic materials.
  • We expect drug developers to continue to outsource their fill / finish operations in the short to mid term, resulting in an annualized growth at the rate of over 8% within the contract services market.
  • In the long-term, the projected opportunity for the fill / finish service providers for prefilled syringes is likely to be well distributed across various types of barrel chambers, scales of operation and geographical regions.

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/prefilled-syringe-fill-finish-services/301.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Chapter Overview

1.2.       Scope of the Report

1.3.       Research Methodology

1.4.       Chapter Outlines

2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.       Chapter Overview

3.2.       Introduction to Prefilled Syringes

3.2.1.    Classification of Prefilled Syringes

3.2.2.    Manufacturing of Prefilled Syringes

3.2.3.    Advantages of Prefilled Syringes

3.2.3.1. Benefits to Healthcare Professionals and End Users

3.2.3.2. Benefits to Manufacturers

 

3.3.       Fill / Finish Processing of Prefilled Syringes

3.3.1.    Steps Involved in Fill / Finish Process

3.3.2.    Methods of Filling and Stoppering of Prefilled Syringes

3.3.3.    Prefilled Syringe Filling Technologies

 

3.4.       Factors Contributing to the Growth of Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Market

3.5.       Need for Outsourcing Fill / Finish Operations of Sterile Injectables

3.6.       Advantages of Outsourcing Fill / Finish Services

3.7.       Risks Associated with Outsourcing of Fill / Finish Operations

3.8.       Key Considerations While Selecting a Fill / Finish Service Provider

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish  Facilities

4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

4.2.7.    Analysis by Syringe Barrel Material

4.2.8.    Analysis by Syringe Fill Volume

4.2.9.    Analysis by Additional Services Offered

4.2.10.  Heat Map: Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.2.11.  Logo Landscape: Analysis by Company Size and Type of Drug Molecule

4.2.12.  Geographical Map: Analysis by Scale of Operation and Location of Fill / Finish Facilities

4.2.13.  Grid Representation: Distribution by Year of Establishment, Company Size and Type of Drug Molecule

 

  1. PREFILLED SYRINGE FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS IN NORTH AMERICA: COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services

5.2.1.    Company  Overview

5.2.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.       AMRI

5.3.1.    Company  Overview

5.3.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.       BioPharma Solutions

5.4.1.    Company  Overview

5.4.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Emergent BioSolutions

5.5.1.    Company  Overview

5.5.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.       Patheon (a  Thermo Fisher Scientific Company)

5.6.1.    Company  Overview

5.6.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PREFILLED SYRINGE FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS IN EUROPE: COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Consort Medical

6.2.1.    Company  Overview

6.2.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       EVER Pharma

6.3.1.    Company  Overview

6.3.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.       GlaxoSmithKline

6.4.1.    Company  Overview

6.4.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5.       IDT Biologika

6.5.1.    Company  Overview

6.5.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.       Rentschler Biopharma

6.6.1.    Company  Overview

6.6.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.       Siegfried

6.7.1.    Company  Overview

6.7.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.8.       Vetter Pharma

6.8.1.    Company  Overview

6.8.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PREFILLED SYRINGE FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS IN ASIA-PACIFIC: COMPANY PROFILES

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       Biocon

7.2.1.    Company  Overview

7.2.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.3.       Intas Pharmaceuticals

7.3.1.    Company  Overview

7.3.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.4.       Kemwell Biopharma

7.4.1.    Company  Overview

7.4.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.5.       Square Pharmaceuticals

7.5.1.    Company  Overview

7.5.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PREFILLED SYRINGE FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS: RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       List of Expansions

8.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Expansion

8.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Expansion

8.2.3.    Analysis by Expanded Scale of Operation

8.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Expansion Project

8.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule Involved

8.2.6.    Analysis by Additional Services Offered (Expansion Specific)

 

8.3.       Partnership Models

8.4.       List of Partnerships and Collaborations

8.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

8.4.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

8.4.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation (Deal Specific)

8.4.4.    Analysis by Additional Services Offered (Deal Specific)

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Assumptions and Methodology

 

9.3.       Global, Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Capacity (by Number of Units)

9.3.1.    Analysis by Company Size

9.3.2.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

9.3.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

9.3.4.    Analysis by Location of Fill / Finish Facilities

9.3.5.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

 

9.4.       Global, Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Capacity (by Volume)

9.4.1.    Analysis by Company Size (Manufacturer)

9.4.2.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

9.4.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

9.4.4.    Analysis by Location of Fill / Finish Facilities

9.4.5.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

 

10.3.     Global Demand for Prefilled Syringes Fill / Finish Services

10.3.1.  Global Demand for Commercialized Prefilled Syringes Fill / Finish Services

10.3.1.1. Analysis by Geography

10.3.1.1.1. North America

10.3.1.1.2. Europe

10.3.1.1.3. Asia-Pacific

10.3.1.1.4. Latin America

10.3.1.1.5. Middle East and Africa

 

10.3.1.2. Analysis by Syringe Barrel Material

10.3.1.3. Analysis by Number of Barrel Chambers

10.3.1.4. Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

10.3.1.5. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

10.3.1.6. Analysis by Specialty Syringes

 

10.3.2.  Global Demand for Clinical Prefilled Syringes Fill / Finish Services

10.4.     Demand and Supply Analysis

10.4.1.  Demand and Supply Analysis (Scenario 1)

10.4.2.  Demand and Supply Analysis (Scenario 2)

10.4.3.  Demand and Supply Analysis (Scenario 3)

 

  1. GEOGRAPHICAL ASSESSMENT OF DEMAND AND SUPPLY

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Assumptions and Key Parameters

 

11.3.     Demand and Supply Assessment in North America

11.3.1.  Key Geographies

11.3.1.1. US

 

11.4.     Demand and Supply Assessment in Europe

11.4.1.  Key Geographies

11.4.1.1. France

11.4.1.2. Germany

11.4.1.3. Italy

 

11.5.     Demand and Supply Assessment in Asia-Pacific Region

11.5.1.  Key Geographies

11.5.1.1. India

11.5.1.2. Japan

 

  1. LIKELY PARTNER ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Methodology and Key Parameters

 

12.3.     Likely Partner Analysis

12.3.1.  Opportunities in North America

12.3.1.1. Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

12.3.1.2. Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

12.3.2.  Opportunities in Europe

12.3.2.1. Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

12.3.2.2. Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

 

12.3.3.  Opportunities in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

12.3.3.1. Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

12.3.3.2. Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Service Providers

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

 

13.3.     Overall Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market, 2020-2030

13.3.1.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Scale of Operation, 2020-2030

 

13.3.2.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Geographical Region

13.3.2.1. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market in North America

13.3.2.2. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market in Europe

13.3.2.3. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market in Asia-Pacific

13.3.2.4. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market Latin America

13.3.2.5. Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market in Middle East and Africa

 

13.3.3.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule, 2020-2030

13.3.4.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area

13.3.5.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Syringe Barrel Material, 2020-2030

13.3.6.  Prefilled Syringe Fill / Finish Services Market: Distribution by Number of Barrel Chambers, 2020-2030

 

  1. FUTURE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Growing Injectable Drugs Pipeline

14.3.     Increase in Popularity of Prefilled Syringes

14.4.     Rise in Preference for Outsourcing Fill / Finish Activities

14.5.     Advances in Aseptic Fill / Finish Technologies

14.6.     Growing Opportunities in the Asia-Pacific Region

 

  1. CASE STUDY: PREFILLED SYRINGE MANUFACTURERS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Prefilled Syringes: List of Available / Under Development Devices

15.2.1.  Analysis by Syringe Barrel Material

15.2.2.  Analysis by Number of Barrel Chambers

15.2.3.  Analysis by Type of Needle System

15.2.4.  Analysis by Barrel Volume

 

15.3.     Prefilled Syringes: List of Manufacturers

15.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

15.3.2.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Bio Elpida

17.2.1.  Company Snapshot

17.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Gilles Devillers, President and Cofounder

 

17.3.     Intas Pharmaceuticals

17.3.1.  Company Snapshot

17.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Kirti Maheshwari, Chief Technical Officer

 

17.4.     IDT Biologika

17.4.1.  Company Snapshot

17.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Gregor Kawaletz, Chief Commercial Officer

 

17.5.     Takeda

17.5.1.  Company Snapshot

17.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Michael Dekner, Associate Director, Head of Process Sciences Formulation and Fill / Finish

 

17.6.     Synegene

17.6.1.  Company Snapshot

17.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Purushottam Singnurkar, Research Director and Head of Formulation Development

 

17.7.     IDEO

17.7.1.  Company Snapshot

17.7.2.  Interview Transcript: Jesse Fourt, Design Director

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Presently, around 80 types of prefilled syringes are available in the market, and several companies claim to be engaged in the manufacturing of both glass and plastic variants of such versatile drug delivery solutions, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 51 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Prefilled syringes present an attractive packaging option that doubles as an easy-to-use drug delivery device, and a product life cycle management tool. Consequently, they have become indispensable within the modern healthcare industry.

 

To order this 800+ page report, which features 800+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

The financial opportunity within the prefilled syringes market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Target therapeutic area
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Infectious diseases
  • Neurological disorders
  • Blood disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Psychiatric disorders
  • Respiratory disorders
  • Cardiovascular disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Ophthalmic diseases
  • Orthopedic disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of syringe
  • Specialty syringes

 

  • Type of syringe barrel material
  • Glass
  • Plastic

 

  • Number of barrel chambers
  • Single chamber
  • Dual chamber

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Latin America
  • Asia Pacific
  • Middle East and Africa

 

The Prefilled Syringes Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Becton Dickinson
  • West Pharmaceutical
  • Gerresheimer
  • Ompi
  • Schott
  • Nipro
  • WEGO Prefills Pharmaceutical Packaging
  • Taisei Kako
  • Terumo
  • Aguettant
  • Arte
  • JO Pharma
  • Pfizer Injectables
  • Shandong Pharmaceutical Glass
  • Shandong Zibo Minkang Pharmaceutical Packing
  • Vetter Pharma

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION TO PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

4 PREFILLED SYRINGES: MARKET OVERVIEW

 

5 PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

 

6 MANUFACTURERS OF PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

7 NEEDLESTICK INJURIES

 

8 REGULATORY LANDSCAPE FOR PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

9 PREFILLED SYRINGE COMBINATION PRODUCTS: MARKET OVERVIEW

 

10 KEY THERAPEUTIC AREAS

 

11 PREFILLED SYRINGES: LIKELY DRUG CANDIDATES AND PARTNER  ANALYSIS

 

12 BIG PHARMA INITIATIVES: PREFILLED SYRINGE COMBINATION PRODUCTS AND LIKELY CANDIDATES

 

13 SPECIALTY PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

14 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND APPLICATIONS OF PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

15 MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

 

16 GROWTH DRIVERS

 

17 SWOT ANALYSIS

 

18 PREFILLED SYRINGE COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS

 

19 FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS FOR PREFILLED SYRINGES

 

20 CASE STUDY: AUTOINJECTORS

 

21 CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

22 INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

 

23 APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

24 APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/prefilled-syringes-market/284.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

The prefilled syringes market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~5%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 51 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Prefilled Syringes, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 800+ page report, which features 800+ figures and 150+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, around 80 types of prefilled syringes are available in the market, and several companies claim to be engaged in the manufacturing of both glass and plastic variants of such versatile drug delivery solutions
  • Over 140 drugs and vaccines have either been marketed or have undergone clinical investigation (since 2013) for delivery via prefilled syringes for the treatment of a variety of disease indications
  • In order to gain a competitive edge in the market, prefilled syringe manufacturers are actively engaged in developing patient friendly products, with improved safety features and solutions
  • The market is also characterized by the presence of many contract service providers, spread across the world, offering fill / finish services in prefilled syringes
  • Several big pharma companies are actively engaged in strengthening their pipeline of injectable drugs across various therapeutic areas
  • An evaluation of 280+ marketed and pipeline products revealed that a variety of drugs / product candidates are likely to be considered for administration via prefilled syringes in the near future, paving way for new partnerships
  • The current market opportunity is well distributed across different therapeutic areas, molecule types and geographical regions; the market is likely to grow at a steady pace over the coming years
  • Glass, single chamber prefilled syringes dominate the current market; however, the demand for plastic devices is anticipated to witness a relatively higher growth in the foreseen future

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/prefilled-syringes-market/284.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Chapter Overview

1.2. Scope of the Report

1.3. Research Methodology

1.4. Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION TO PREFILLED SYRINGES

3.1. Chapter Overview

3.2. History of Prefilled Syringes

3.3. Benefits of Prefilled Syringes Over Traditional Injectable Devices

3.3.1. Benefits for Healthcare Professionals and End Users

3.3.2. Benefits to Manufacturers

3.3.3. Shift from Existing Dosage Forms to Prefilled Syringes

 

3.4. Prefilled Syringe Components

3.5. Classification of Prefilled Syringes

3.5.1. Classification by Barrel Fabrication Material

3.5.1.1. Glass

3.5.1.1.1. Limitations of Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

3.5.1.1.2. Addressing the Limitations of Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

 

3.5.1.2. Plastic

3.5.1.2.1. Limitations of Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

3.5.1.2.2. Addressing the Limitations of Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

3.5.1.2.3. Factors Likely to Drive the Use of Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

 

3.5.2. Classification by Number of Chambers in the Barrel

3.5.3. Classification by Type of Needle System

3.5.4. Classification by Type of Packaging

 

3.6. Critical Attributes of Prefilled Syringe Design

3.7. Manufacturing Prefilled Syringes

3.7.1. Production of Barrels

3.7.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

3.7.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

3.7.2. Production of Syringes

3.7.3. Barrel Siliconization

3.7.4. Syringe Sterilization

3.7.5. Validation of Sterilization

3.7.6. Syringe Filling

3.7.7. Syringe Testing

3.8. Future of Prefilled Syringes

 

4 PREFILLED SYRINGES: MARKET OVERVIEW

4.1.  Chapter Overview

4.2.  Prefilled Syringes: List of Available / Under Development Devices

4.2.1.  Analysis by Type of Barrel Fabrication Material

4.2.2.  Analysis by Number of Barrel Chambers

4.2.3.  Analysis by Type of Needle System

4.2.4.  Analysis by Device Capacity

 

4.3.  Prefilled Syringes: List of Developers

4.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.3.2.  Analysis by Company Size

4.3.3.  Analysis by Geographical Location of Headquarters

4.3.4.  Analysis by Geographical Location of Manufacturing Facilities

 

4.4. Technological Developments in Prefilled Syringes

 

5 PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.  Chapter Overview

5.2.  Methodology

5.3.  Assumptions and Key Parameters

5.4.  Product Competitiveness Analysis: Prefilled Syringe Systems

5.4.1.  Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

5.4.2.  Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

 

6 MANUFACTURERS OF PREFILLED SYRINGES

6.1. Chapter Overview

6.2. Key Prefilled Syringe Manufacturers Based in North America

6.2.1. Becton Dickinson

6.2.1.1. Company Overview

6.2.1.2. Financial Performance

6.2.1.3. Prefilled Technology Solutions

6.2.1.4. Glass Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.2.1.4.1. BD Hypak Prefilled Syringe

6.2.1.4.2. BD Neopak Prefilled Syringe

6.2.1.4.3. BD Hylok Prefilled Syringe

6.2.1.5. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.2.1.5.1. BD Sterifill Syringe Systems

6.2.1.6. Other Prefilled Delivery Systems

6.2.1.6.1. BD Uniject

6.2.1.7. Recent Developments

6.2.1.8. Future Outlook

 

6.2.2. West Pharmaceutical

6.2.2.1. Company Overview

6.2.2.2. Financial Performance

6.2.2.3. Prefilled Technology Solutions

6.2.2.4. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.2.2.4.1. Daikyo Crystal Zenith Polymer RTU Prefilled Syringe

6.2.2.5. Drug Reconstitution Systems

6.2.2.6. Recent Developments

6.2.2.7. Future Outlook

 

6.3. Key Prefilled Syringe Manufacturers Based in Europe

6.3.1. Gerresheimer

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Financial Performance

6.3.1.3. Prefilled Technology Solutions

6.3.1.4. Glass Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.3.1.4.1. Gx Glass Syringes

6.3.1.5. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.3.1.5.1. ClearJect Prefilled syringes

6.3.1.5.2. Gx RTF Clearject Needle Syringe

6.3.1.6. Safety Syringes

6.3.1.6.1. Gx InnoSafe Safety Syringes

6.3.1.7. Self-Injection Devices

6.3.1.8. Recent Developments

6.3.1.9. Future Outlook

 

6.3.2. Ompi

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Financial Performance

6.3.2.3. Glass Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.3.2.3.1. EZ-Fill Syringes

6.3.2.3.1.1. EZ-fill Fina

6.3.2.3.1.2. EZ-fill Nexa

6.3.2.3.1.3. EZ-fill Alba

6.3.2.4. Recent Developments

6.3.2.5. Future Outlook

 

6.3.3. Schott

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Financial Performance

6.3.3.3. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

6.3.3.3.1. syriQ Glass Syringes

6.3.3.4. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

6.3.3.4.1. TopPac Polymer Syringes

6.3.3.5. Recent Developments

6.3.3.6. Future Outlook

 

6.4. Key Prefilled Syringe Manufacturers in Asia

6.4.1. Nipro (Acquired MGlas)

6.4.1.1. Company Overview

6.4.1.2. Financial Performance

6.4.1.3. Glass Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.4.1.4. Recent Developments

6.4.1.5. Future Outlook

 

6.4.2. WEGO Prefills Pharmaceutical Packaging

6.4.2.1. Company Overview

6.4.2.2. Financial Performance

6.4.2.3. WeGo Glass Prefilled Syringe

6.4.2.4. Weigao Prefilled Flush Syringes

6.4.2.5. Future Outlook

 

6.4.3. Taisei Kako

6.4.3.1. Company Overview

6.4.3.2. Glass Barrel Prefilled Systems

6.4.3.2.1. VF-Syringe

6.4.3.2.1. SIN-Syringe

6.4.3.3. Plastic Barrel Prefilled System

6.4.3.3.1. ClearJect Syringes

6.4.3.3.2. FULJECT Passive Type Syringe

6.4.3.3.3. Ajex Needleless Injection System

6.4.3.4. Future Outlook

 

6.4.4. Terumo

6.4.4.1. Company Overview

6.4.4.2. Financial Performance

6.4.4.3. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringe

6.4.4.4. Safety Devices: Add-On Devices

6.4.4.5. Recent Developments

6.4.4.6. Future Outlook

 

6.5. Other Manufacturers

6.5.1. Aguettant

6.5.1.1. Company Overview

6.5.1.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

6.5.1.2.1. Aguettant Prefilled Syringe

6.5.1.3. Recent Developments

 

6.5.2. Arte

6.5.2.1. Company Overview

6.5.2.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

6.5.2.2.1. Dual Chamber Prefillable Syringe

6.5.2.2.2. Single Chamber Prefillable Syringe

 

6.5.3. J.O. Pharma (Subsidiary of Otsuka Holdings)

6.5.3.1. Company Overview

6.5.3.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

 

6.5.4. Pfizer Injectables

6.5.4.1. Company Overview

6.5.4.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

6.5.4.2.1. ABBOJECT Syringe

6.5.4.2.2. Emergency Syringes

6.5.4.2.3. iSecure Syringe System

 

6.5.5. Shandong Pharmaceutical Glass

6.5.5.1. Company Overview

6.5.5.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

 

6.5.6. Shandong Zibo Minkang Pharmaceutical packing

6.5.6.1. Company Overview

6.5.6.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

 

6.5.7. Vetter Pharma

6.5.7.1. Company Overview

6.5.7.2. Prefilled Syringe Portfolio

6.5.7.2.1. Lyo-Ject  Glass Prefilled Syringe

6.5.7.2.2. Vetter-Ject Safety Device

6.5.7.2.3. V-OVS Safety Device

6.5.7.3. Recent Developments

 

7 NEEDLESTICK INJURIES

7.1. Chapter Overview

7.2. Incidence and Associated Financial Burden

7.3. Government Legislations for Prevention of Needlestick Injuries

 

7.4. Safety Mechanisms Used in Modern Prefilled Syringes

7.4.1. Safety Systems: Add-On Safety Device Manufacturers

7.4.1.1. Becton Dickinson

7.4.1.2. Catalent

7.4.1.3. Terumo

7.4.1.4. Tip-Top

7.4.1.5. West Pharmaceutical

 

7.4.2. Safety Systems: Integrated Safety Device Manufacturers

7.4.2.1. Gerresheimer

7.4.2.2. Injecto

7.4.2.3. MedicalChain International

7.4.2.4. OMPI

7.4.2.5. Owen Mumford

7.4.2.6. SHL Group

7.4.2.7. Taisei Kako

 

8 REGULATORY LANDSCAPE FOR PREFILLED SYRINGES

8.1. Chapter Overview

8.2. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in the US

8.2.1. Overview

8.2.2. Historical Background

8.2.3. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.2.4. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.3. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Europe

8.3.1. Overview

8.3.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.3.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.4. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Canada

8.4.1. Overview

8.4.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.4.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.5. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Brazil

8.5.1. Overview

8.5.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.5.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.6. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Mexico

8.6.1. Overview

8.6.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.6.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.7. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Argentina

8.7.1. Overview

8.7.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.7.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.8. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Australia

8.8.1. Overview

8.8.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.8.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.9. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Japan

8.9.1. Overview

8.9.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.9.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled syringes

 

8.10. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in China

8.10.1. Overview

8.10.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.10.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled syringes

 

8.11. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in India

8.11.1. Overview

8.11.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.11.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.12. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in South Korea

8.12.1. Overview

8.12.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.12.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.13. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in Saudi Arabia

8.13.1. Overview

8.13.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.13.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

8.14. Regulatory Approval of Combination Products in United Arab Emirates

8.14.1. Overview

8.14.2. Regulatory Bodies and their Role in Product Approval

8.14.3. Regulatory Approval for Prefilled Syringes

 

9 PREFILLED SYRINGE COMBINATION PRODUCTS: MARKET OVERVIEW

9.1. Chapter Overview

9.2. Prefilled Syringe Combination Products: List of Approved Drugs, 2013-2019

9.2.1. Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

9.2.2. Analysis by Approval Year

9.2.3. Analysis by Route of Administration

9.2.4. Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

9.2.5. Prefilled Syringe Combination Products: Additional Information

9.2.5.1. Analysis by Dose Strength

9.2.5.2. Analysis by Other Approved Dosage Forms

 

9.3. Prefilled Syringe Combination Products: List of Clinical Stage Drugs, 2013-2019

9.3.1. Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

9.3.2. Analysis by Phase of Development

9.3.3. Analysis by Route of Administration

9.3.4. Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

 

9.4. Prefilled Syringe Combination Products: List of Developers

9.4.1.  Analysis by Year of Establishment

9.4.2.  Analysis by Company Size

9.4.3.  Analysis by Geographical Location of Headquarters

 

9.5. Leading Drugs in Prefilled Syringes

9.6. Other Drugs Available in Prefilled Syringes

9.7. Popular Drugs in Prefilled Syringes: Case Studies

9.7.1. HUMIRA® (Adalimumab), AbbVie / Eisai

9.7.1.1. Target Indications and Available Dosage Forms

9.7.1.2. Shift from Vials to Syringes

9.7.2. Enbrel® (Etanercept), Amgen / Pfizer / Takeda

9.7.2.1. Target Indications and Available Dosage Forms

9.7.2.2. Shift from Vials to Syringes

 

10 KEY THERAPEUTIC AREAS

10.1. Chapter Overview

10.1.1. Autoimmune Disorders

10.1.1.1. Approved Injectables

10.1.1.2. Biosimilars

 

10.1.2. Infectious Diseases

10.1.2.1. Antiviral Drugs

10.1.2.1.1. Approved Injectables

10.1.2.1.2. Biosimilars

10.1.2.2. Vaccines

10.1.2.2.1. Approved Injectables

 

10.1.3. Neurological Disorders

10.1.3.1. Approved Injectables

10.1.3.2. Biosimilars

 

10.1.4. Metabolic Disorders

10.1.4.1. Approved Injectables

10.1.4.2. Biosimilars

 

11 PREFILLED SYRINGES: LIKELY DRUG CANDIDATES AND PARTNER  ANALYSIS

11.1. Chapter Overview

11.2. Likely Drug Candidates

11.2.1.  Methodology and Key Parameters

 

11.3. Marketed Drug Candidates

11.3.1.  Most Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.3.2.  Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.3.3.  Less Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.3.4.  Least Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

 

11.4.  Clinical Drug Candidates

11.4.1.  Most Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.4.2.  Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.4.3.  Less Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

11.4.4.  Least Likely Candidates for Delivery via Prefilled Syringes

 

11.5.  Potential Strategic Partners

11.5.1.  Methodology and Key Parameters

11.5.2.  Opportunities in North America

11.5.2.1.  Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.2. 2.  Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.2.3.  Less Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.2.4.  Least Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

 

11.5.3.  Opportunities in Europe

11.5.3.1.  Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.3.2.  Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.3.3.  Less Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.3.4.  Least Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

 

11.5.4.  Opportunities in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

11.5.4.1.  Most Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.4.2.  Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.4.3.  Less Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

11.5.4.4.  Least Likely Partners for Prefilled Syringes Combination Product Development

 

12 BIG PHARMA INITIATIVES: PREFILLED SYRINGE COMBINATION PRODUCTS AND LIKELY CANDIDATES

12.1.  Chapter Overview

12.2.  Methodology

12.3.  Top Pharmaceutical Companies

12.3.1.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

12.3.1.1.  Autoimmune Disorders

12.3.1.2.  Infectious Diseases

12.3.1.3.  Oncological Disorders

12.3.1.4.  Metabolic Disorders

12.3.1.5.  Neurological Disorders

12.3.1.6.  Inflammatory Disorders

12.3.1.7.  Orthopedic Disorders

12.3.1.8.  Others

 

12.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Molecule

12.3.2.1.  Antibodies

12.3.2.2.  Vaccines

12.3.2.3.  Proteins

12.3.2.4.  Others

 

13 SPECIALTY PREFILLED SYRINGES

13.1. Chapter Overview

13.2. Prefilled Flush Syringes

13.2.1. Overview

13.2.2. Prefilled Flush Syringes Available in the Market

13.2.3. Advantages of Prefilled Flush Syringes

 

13.3. Prefilled Diluent Syringes

13.3.1. Overview

13.3.2. Lyophilized Drugs Available in Prefilled Diluent Syringes

13.3.3. Advantages of Prefilled Diluent Syringes

13.4. Contrast Agent Prefilled Syringes

13.4.1. Overview

13.4.2. Contrast Agents Available in Prefilled Syringes

13.4.3. Advantages of Contrast Agent Prefilled Syringes

 

14 RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND APPLICATIONS OF PREFILLED SYRINGES

14.1. Chapter Overview

14.2. Prefilled Syringes For Lyophilized Drugs

14.2.1. Prefilled Diluent Syringes

14.2.2. Prefilled Dual / Multi-Chamber Prefilled Syringes

14.2.2.1. Lyophilized Drugs Available in Dual / Multi-Chamber Prefilled Syringes

14.2.2.2. Prefilled Dual-Chambered Prefilled Pen Injectors for Lyophilized Drugs

 

14.3. Prefilled Syringes for Ophthalmic Delivery

14.4. Prefilled Syringes for Dermal Fillers

14.5. Multilayer Plastic Prefilled Syringes with Oxygen Barrier

14.6. Prefilled Syringes with Low Particle Formation Risk

14.7. Lubrication Technology for Prefilled Syringes

 

14.8. Advances in Terminal Sterilization of Prefilled Syringes

14.8.1. Noxilizer’s  Nitrogen Dioxide Sterilization Technology

14.9. Prefilled Syringe Usage Aids for patients and Healthcare Providers

 

15 MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

15.1. Chapter Overview

15.2. Scope and Methodology

15.3. Global Prefilled Syringes Market, 2020-2030

15.3.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area

15.3.1.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: Autoimmune Disorders

15.3.1.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Infectious Diseases

15.3.1.3. Prefilled Syringes Market: Neurological Disorders

15.3.1.4. Prefilled Syringes Market: Blood Disorders

15.3.1.5. Prefilled Syringes Market: Oncological Disorders

15.3.1.6. Prefilled Syringes Market: Psychiatric Diseases

15.3.1.7. Prefilled Syringes Market: Respiratory Disorders

15.3.1.8. Prefilled Syringes Market: Cardiovascular Disorders

15.3.1.9. Prefilled Syringes Market: Metabolic Disorders

15.3.1.10. Prefilled Syringes Market: Ophthalmic Disorder

15.3.1.11. Prefilled Syringes Market: Orthopedic Disorders

15.3.1.12. Prefilled Syringes Market: Other Diseases

 

15.3.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.2.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.2.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

 

15.3.3. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.3.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.3.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

 

15.3.4. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.4.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: Antibodies

15.3.4.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Proteins

15.3.4.3. Prefilled Syringes Market: Peptides

15.3.4.4. Prefilled Syringes Market: Small Molecules

15.3.4.5. Prefilled Syringes Market: Vaccines

 

15.3.5. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Geography

15.3.5.1. Prefilled Syringes Market: North America

15.3.5.2. Prefilled Syringes Market: Europe

15.3.5.3. Prefilled Syringes Market: Asia Pacific

15.3.5.4. Prefilled Syringes Market: Latin America

15.3.5.5. Prefilled Syringes Market: Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.6. Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Specialty Syringes

15.3.7. Prefilled Syringes Market for Autoimmune Disorders

15.3.7.1. Distribution by Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.7.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.7.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.7.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.7.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.7.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.7.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.7.3.1. Antibodies

15.3.7.3.2. Proteins

15.3.7.3.3. Small Molecules

15.3.7.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.7.4.1. North America

15.3.7.4.2. Europe

15.3.7.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.7.4.4. Latin America

15.3.7.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.8. Prefilled Syringes Market For Infectious Disorders

15.3.8.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.8.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.8.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.8.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.8.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.8.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.8.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.8.3.1. Vaccines

15.3.8.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.8.4.1. North America

15.3.8.4.2. Europe

15.3.8.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.8.4.4. Latin America

15.3.8.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.9. Prefilled Syringes Market For Neurological Disorders

15.3.9.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.9.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.9.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.9.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.9.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.9.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.9.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.9.3.1. Antibodies

15.3.9.3.2. Proteins

15.3.9.3.3. Peptides

15.3.9.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.9.4.1. North America

15.3.9.4.2. Europe

15.3.9.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.9.4.4. Latin America

15.3.9.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.10. Prefilled Syringes Market For Blood Disorders

15.3.10.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.10.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.10.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.10.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.10.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.10.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.10.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.10.3.1. Proteins

15.3.10.3.2. Small Molecules

15.3.10.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.10.4.1. North America

15.3.10.4.2. Europe

15.3.10.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.10.4.4. Latin America

15.3.10.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.11. Prefilled Syringes Market For Oncological Disorders

15.3.11.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.11.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.11.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.11.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.11.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.11.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.11.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.11.3.1. Antibodies

15.3.11.3.2. Proteins

15.3.11.3.3. Peptides

15.3.11.3.4. Small Molecules

15.3.11.3.5. Vaccines

15.3.11.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.11.4.1. North America

15.3.11.4.2. Europe

15.3.11.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.11.4.4. Latin America

15.3.11.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

15.3.12. Prefilled Syringes Market For Metabolic Disorders

15.3.12.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.12.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.12.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.12.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.12.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.12.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.12.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.12.3.1. Proteins

15.3.12.3.2. Peptides

15.3.12.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.12.4.1. North America

15.3.12.4.2. Europe

15.3.12.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.12.4.4. Latin America

15.3.12.4.5. Middle East and Africa

15.3.13. Prefilled Syringes Market For Other Disorders

15.3.13.1. Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material

15.3.13.1.1. Glass Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.13.1.2. Plastic Barrel Prefilled Syringes

15.3.13.2. Distribution by Type of Chamber System

15.3.13.2.1. Single Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.13.2.2. Dual Chamber Prefilled Syringes

15.3.13.3. Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule

15.3.13.3.1. Antibodies

15.3.13.3.2. Proteins

15.3.13.3.3. Peptides

15.3.13.3.4. Small Molecules

15.3.13.4. Distribution by Geography

15.3.13.4.1. North America

15.3.13.4.2. Europe

15.3.13.4.3. Asia Pacific

15.3.13.4.4. Latin America

15.3.13.4.5. Middle East and Africa

 

16 GROWTH DRIVERS

16.1. Chapter Overview

16.2. Rising Incidence of Chronic Diseases

16.3. Growing Preference for Self-Injection

16.4. Evolving Patient Demographics

16.5. Growth of Biologics and Biosimilars Market

16.6. Changing Pharmaceutical Strategies

16.7. Increasing Focus on Prevention of Needlestick Injuries

16.8. Prefilled Syringes in Autoinjectors and Pen Injectors

 

17 SWOT ANALYSIS

17.1. Chapter Overview

17.2. Strengths

17.3. Weaknesses

17.4. Opportunities

17.5. Threats

17.6. Concluding Remarks

 

18 PREFILLED SYRINGE COMPONENT MANUFACTURERS

18.1. Chapter Overview

18.2. List of Component Manufacturers

18.3. Aptar Pharma (a Part of AptarGroup)

18.3.1. Company Overview

18.3.2. Financial Performance

18.3.3. Product Portfolio

18.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

18.4. West Pharmaceutical

18.4.1. Company Overview

18.4.2. Financial Performance

18.4.3. Product Portfolio

18.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

18.5. Datwyler Sealing Solutions (a Part of Datwyler Group)

18.5.1. Company Overview

18.5.2. Financial Performance

18.5.3. Product Portfolio

18.5.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

18.6. Lonstroff (a Part of Sumitomo Rubber Industries)

18.6.1. Company Overview

18.6.2. Financial Performance

18.6.3. Product Portfolio

18.6.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

18.7. Ompi (a Part of Stevanato Group)

18.7.1. Company Overview

18.7.2. Product Portfolio

18.7.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

18.8. Jiangsu Hualan Pharmaceutical New Material

18.8.1. Company Overview

18.8.2. Product Portfolio

18.8.3. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

19 FILL / FINISH SERVICE PROVIDERS FOR PREFILLED SYRINGES

19.1. Chapter Overview

19.2. Fill / Finish Processing of Prefilled Syringes

19.2.1. Steps Involved in Fill / Finish Process

19.2.2. Methods of Filling and Stoppering of Prefilled Syringes

19.2.3. Prefilled Syringe Filling Technologies

 

19.3. Outsourcing of Fill / Finish Operations

19.4. Growth Considerations

19.5. Prefilled Syringes: List of Fill / Finish Service Providers

19.5.1. Analysis by Year of Establishment

19.5.2. Analysis by Geographical Location of Headquarters and Type of Drug Molecule

19.5.3. Analysis by Scale of Operation

 

20 CASE STUDY: AUTOINJECTORS

20.1. Chapter Overview

20.2. Autoinjectors: Market Overview

 

20.3. Key Players

20.3.1. Elcam Medical (E3D Elcam Drug Delivery Devices)

20.3.1.1. Company Overview

20.3.1.2. Product Portfolio

 

20.3.2. Nuance Designs

20.3.2.1. Company Overview

20.3.2.2. Product Portfolio

 

20.3.3. Owen Mumford

20.3.3.1. Company Overview

20.3.3.2. Product Portfolio

 

20.3.4. Scandinavian Health Limited (SHL) Group

20.3.4.1. Company Overview

20.3.4.2. Product Portfolio

 

20.3.5. Union Medico

20.3.5.1. Company Overview

20.3.5.2. Product Portfolio

 

20.3.6. Ypsomed

20.3.6.1. Company Overview

20.3.6.2. Product Portfolio

 

21 CONCLUDING REMARKS

21.1. Chapter Overview

21.2. Key Takeaways

 

22 INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

22.1. Chapter Overview

22.2. Oval Medical Technologies

22.2.1. Company Snapshot

22.2.2. Interview Transcript: Matthew Young, Founder and Chief Technology Officer

 

22.3. Intas Pharmaceuticals

22.3.1. Company Snapshot

22.3.2. Interview Transcript: Kirti Maheshwari, Chief Technical Officer

 

22.4. IDT Biologika

22.4.1. Company Snapshot

22.4.2. Interview Transcript: Gregor Kawaletz, Chief Commercial Officer

 

22.5. West Pharmaceutical

22.5.1. Company Snapshot

22.5.2. Interview Transcript: Kevin Cancelliere and Tibor Hlobik, Marketing Directors

 

22.6. Lonstroff

22.6.1. Company Snapshot

22.6.2. Interview Transcript: Marco Pederiva, Marketing and Sales Directors

 

22.7. IDEO

22.7.1. Company Snapshot

22.7.2. Interview Transcript: Jesse Fourt, Design Directors

 

22.8. Small-sized Medical Device Company

22.8.1. Interview Transcript: Anonymous, Chief Executive Officer

 

23 APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

24 APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Nearly 70 players from across the world presently claim to be engaged in the development and evaluation of therapeutic candidates based on a number of psychedelic compounds, such as ketamine and psilocybin, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 52 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

Psychedelic substances have been demonstrated to interact with a variety of neurotransmitter pathways, including those involving serotonin, acetylcholine, norepinephrine, and dopamine. Currently, several stakeholders in the pharmaceutical industry are actively engaged in the efforts to develop leads based on natural and synthetic derivatives of psychedelic substances. Further, experts believe that psychedelics, at appropriate doses, can be used to address some of the serious psychological implications associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. 

 

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link

 

 

The over USD 6.5 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the psychedelic therapeutics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Target Disease Indication
  • Anxiety and Depression
  • Trauma
  • Pain Disorder
  • Sleep related Disorder

 

  • Origin of Psychedelic Substance
  • Natural
  • Synthetic

 

  • Type of Psychedelic Substance
  • Gamma-hydroxybutyrate
  • Ketamine
  • MDMA
  • Psilocybin

 

  • Route of Administration
  • Oral
  • Intranasal
  • Sublingual

 

  • Key Geographies
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Celon Pharma
  • iX Biopharma
  • MAPS Public Benefit
  • MindMed
  • Janssen Pharmaceuticals
  • Jazz Pharmaceutical

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape: Psychedelic Therapeutics

  4. Company Profiles

  5. Clinical Trial Analysis

  6. Clinical Trial Site Analysis

  7. Key Opinion Leader (KOL) Analysis

 

  1. Academic Grants Analysis

  2. Partnerships and Collaborations

  3. Mergers and Acquisitions

  4. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

  5. Concluding Remarks

  6. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/immune-checkpoint-inhibitors/303.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

Global Psychedelic therapeutics market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~15%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 52 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on  “Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030”, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying potential future growth opportunities

 

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 120+ figures and 135+ tables, please visit this link  

 

Key Market Insights

  • Nearly 70 players from across the world presently claim to be engaged in the development and evaluation of therapeutic candidates based on a number of psychedelic compounds, such as ketamine and psilocybin
  • The pipeline features product candidates based on a variety of psychedelic drug classes, which are being investigated for a wide range of target disease indications, and having different routes of administration
  • From a global perspective, this industry is anticipated to evolve significantly over the next few years as federal / regional regulators in different nations are gradually convinced of the clinical significance of this product class
  • Several organizations, having realized the untapped opportunity within this emerging segment of psychedelic therapeutics, have awarded grants of over USD 275 million across 500+ instances between 2015-2020
  • Several trials evaluating various psychedelic compounds against a wide range of therapeutic indication have been registered in the recent past
  • The growing interest is also reflected in the partnership activity since 2017; a number of different types of deals involving various drug classes have been established across multiple geographies
  • Presently, North American companies are actively consolidating their indigenous presence through strategic acquisitions; key value drivers behind such deals include both portfolio and geographical expansion
  • A number of eminent scientists from renowned universities have emerged as key opinion leaders in this domain, owing to their active involvement in clinical development efforts related to interventions based on psychedelics
  • Future market size, based on revenue reported from the sales of marketed and late stage psychedelic-based therapies, is anticipated to be distributed across different therapeutic areas and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/global-psychedelic-therapeutics-market.html

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                   Scope of the Report

1.2.                   Research Methodology

1.3.                   Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

           

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                   Chapter Overview

3.2.                   History of Psychedelic Substance

3.3.                   Potential Therapeutic Application of Psychedelic Substance

3.4.                   Regulation, Toxicity Concerns, Procurement-Related Challenges and Perceptions Regarding Medical Use

3.5.                   Future Opportunity

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE: PSYCHEDELIC THERAPEUTICS

4.1.                   Chapter Overview

4.2.                   Psychedelic Therapeutics: Marketed and Development Pipeline

4.2.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.2.2.                Analysis by Type of Psychedelic Substance

4.2.3.                Analysis by Origin of Psychedelic Substance

4.2.4.                Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

4.2.5.                Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.2.6.                Analysis by Route of Administration

4.2.7.                Analysis by Dosing Frequency

 

4.3.                   Psychedelic Therapeutics: List of Developers

4.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.3.2.                Analysis by Company Size

  1. 3.3. Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.4.                   Grid Analysis: Distribution by Phase of Development, Origin of Psychedelic Substance and Location of Headquarters

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.                   Chapter Overview

 

5.2.                   Celon Pharma

5.2.1.                Company Overview

5.2.2.                Financial Information

5.2.3.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.2.3.1.             Esketamine DPI

5.2.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.                   iX Biopharma

5.3.1.                Company Overview

5.3.2.                Financial Information

5.3.3.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.3.3.1.             Wafermine™

5.3.3.2.             Unnamed (Ketamine)

5.3.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

5.4.                   MAPS Public Benefit

5.4.1.                Company Overview

5.4.2.                Financial Information

5.4.3.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.4.3.1.             Unnamed (MDMA)

5.4.3.2.             Unnamed (Ibogaine Hydrochloride)

5.4.3.3.             Unnamed (LSD)

5.4.3.4.             Unnamed (Ayahuasca)

5.4.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.                   MindMed

5.5.1.                Company Overview

5.5.2.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.5.2.1.             Unnamed (LSD)

5.5.2.2.             Unnamed (MDMA)

5.5.2.3.             18-MC

5.5.2.4.             Unnamed (DMT)

5.5.2.5.             Unnamed (LSD, MDMA)

5.5.3.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

5.6.                   Janssen Pharmaceuticals

5.6.1.                Company Overview

5.6.2.                Financial Information

5.6.3.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.6.3.1.             SPRAVATO®

5.6.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.7.                   Jazz Pharmaceutical

5.7.1.                Company Overview

5.7.2.                Financial Information

5.7.3.                Psychedelic Therapeutics Portfolio

5.7.3.1.             XYREM®

5.7.3.2.             JZP-258

5.7.3.3.             JZP-324

5.7.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

6.1.                   Chapter Overview

6.2.                   Scope and Methodology

6.3.                   Psychedelic Therapeutics: Clinical Trial Analysis

6.3.1.                Analysis by Trial Registration Year

6.3.2.                Analysis by Trial Phase

6.3.3.                Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

6.3.4.                Analysis by Trial Registration Year and Number of Patients Enrolled

6.3.5.                Analysis by Study Design

6.3.6.                Leading Trial Sponsors: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

6.3.7.                Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

6.3.8.                Analysis by Trial Focus

6.3.9.                Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

6.3.10.             Popular Psychedelic Substance: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

6.3.11.             Geographical Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

6.3.12.             Geographical Analysis by Number of Patients Enrolled

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL SITE ANALYSIS

7.1.                   Chapter Overview

7.2.                   Scope and Methodology

7.3.                   Psychedelic Therapeutics: Clinical Trial Site Analysis

7.3.1.                Analysis by Geographical Location

7.3.1.1.             Clinical Trial Sites in North America

7.3.1.1.1.          Analysis by Trial Phase

7.3.1.1.2.          Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

7.3.1.1.2.          Analysis by Trial Phase and Target Therapeutic Area

 

7.3.1.2.             Clinical Trial Sites in Europe

7.3.1.2.1.          Analysis by Trial Phase

7.3.1.2.2.          Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

7.3.1.2.2.          Analysis by Trial Phase and Target Therapeutic Area

 

7.3.1.3.             Clinical Trial Sites in Asia Pacific

7.3.1.3.1.          Analysis by Trial Phase

7.3.1.3.2.          Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

7.3.1.3.2.          Analysis by Trial Phase and Target Therapeutic Area

 

 

 

  1. KEY OPINION LEADER (KOL) ANALYSIS

8.1.                   Chapter Overview

8.2.                   Assumptions and Methodology

8.3.                   Principal Investigators Involved in Clinical Trials

8.3.1.                Analysis by Type of Organization (KOL Affiliation)

8.3.2.                Geographical Distribution of KOLs

 

8.4.                   Prominent KOLs

8.5.                   KOL Benchmarking: Roots Analysis’ Assessment versus Third Party (ResearchGate Score)

8.6.                   Most Active KOLs

8.6.1.                KOL Profile: A (Emory School of Medicine)

8.6.2.                KOL Profile: B (Imperial College London)

8.6.3.                KOL Profile: C (Rigshospitalet)

8.6.4.                KOL Profile: D (Thriving Mind South Florida)

8.6.5.                KOL Profile: E (University Health Network)

 

  1. ACADEMIC GRANTS ANALYSIS

9.1.                   Chapter Overview

9.2.                   Scope and Methodology

9.3.                   Psychedelic Therapeutics: Analysis of Academic Grants

9.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Grant Award

9.3.2.                Analysis by Amount Awarded

9.3.3.                Analysis by Funding Institute Center

9.3.4.                Analysis by Support Period

9.3.5.                Analysis by Funding Institute Center and Support Period

9.3.6.                Analysis by Type of Grant Application

9.3.7.                Analysis by Purpose of Grant Award

9.3.8.                Analysis by Activity Code

9.3.9.                Analysis by Study Section Involved

9.3.10.              Analysis by Recipient Organization

9.3.11.              Geographical Distribution of Recipient Organizations

9.3.12.              Word Cloud: Emerging Focus Areas

9.3.13.              Popular Psychedelic Therapeutics: Analysis by Number of Grants

9.3.14.              Popular Funding Institute Centers: Analysis by Number of Grants

9.3.15.              Prominent Program Officers: Analysis by Number of Grants

9.3.16.              Popular Recipient Organizations: Analysis by Number of Grants

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Partnership Models

10.3.                 Psychedelic Therapeutics: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

10.3.1.             Analysis by Year of Partnership

10.3.2.             Analysis by Type of Partnership

10.3.3.             Analysis by Type of Partnership and Type of Psychedelic Substance Involved

10.3.4.              Analysis by Type of Partnership and Phase of Development of Involved Intervention

10.3.5.               Analysis by Type of Partnership and Target Therapeutic Area Mentioned

10.3.6.             Analysis by Type of Psychedelic Substance and Target Therapeutic Area

10.3.7.             Analysis by Type of Partnership and Type of Partner

10.3.8.             Analysis by Type of Psychedelic Substance Involved and Type of Partner

10.3.9.             Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

10.3.10.            Regional Analysis

10.3.10.1          Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Acquisition Models

11.3.                 Psychedelic Therapeutics: Mergers and Acquisitions

11.3.1.             Cumulative Year-wise Trend of Mergers and Acquisitions

11.3.2.             Analysis by Type of Agreement

11.3.3.             Analysis by Type of Psychedelic Substance Involved

11.3.4.             Analysis by Type of Agreement and Type of Psychedelic Substance Involved

11.3.5.             Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Acquisitions

11.3.6.             Regional Analysis

11.3.6.1.           Continent-Wise Distribution of Acquisitions

11.3.6.2.           Country-Wise Distribution of Acquisitions

11.3.7.             Analysis by Key Value Drivers

11.3.7.1.           Analysis by Year of Acquisition and Key Value Drivers

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030

 

12.4.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Individual Product Sales Forecasts

12.4.1.              Xyrem (Jazz Pharmaceutical)

12.4.1.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.1.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.2.              Spravato (Janssen Pharmaceuticals)

12.4.2.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.2.2.           Sales Forecast

12.4.3.              JPZ-258 (Janssen Pharmaceuticals)

12.4.3.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.3.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.4.              FT218 (Avadel Pharmaceuticals)

12.4.4.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.4.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.5.              Unnamed MDMA (MAPS Public Benefit)

12.4.5.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.5.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.6.              COMP360 (COMPASS Pathways)

12.4.6.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.6.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.7.              Unnamed Psilocybin (The Emmes Company)

12.4.7.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.7.2.           Sales Forecast

12.4.8.              Esketamine DPI (Celon Pharma)

12.4.8.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.8.2.           Sales Forecast

 

12.4.9.              Wafermine (iX Biopharma)

12.4.9.1.           Target Patient Population

12.4.9.2.           Sales Forecast

12.5.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Origin of Psychedelic Substance, 2020-2030

12.5.1.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Synthetic Substances, 2020-2030

12.5.2.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Natural Substances, 2020-2030

 

12.6.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Type of Psychedelic Substance, 2025-2030

12.6.1.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for GHB, 2020-2030

12.6.2.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Ketamine, 2020-2030

12.6.3.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for MDMA, 2021-2030

12.6.4.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Psilocybin, 2023-2030

 

12.7.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Geography, 2020-2030

12.7.1.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market in North America, 2020-2030

12.7.2.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market in Europe, 2020-2030

12.7.3.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market in Asia Pacific, 2022-2030

 

12.8.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Target Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

12.8.1.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Sleep-Related Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.2.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Depression and Anxiety Disorders, 2020-2030

12.8.3.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Trauma, 2021-2030

12.8.4.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Pain Disorders, 2026-2030

 

12.9.                 Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2020-2030

12.9.1.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Oral Therapies, 2020-2030

12.9.2.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Intranasal Therapies, 2020-2030

12.9.3.              Global Psychedelic Therapeutics Market for Sublingual Therapies, 2026-2030

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

14.2                   CaaMTech                   

14.2.1.              Company Snapshot

14.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Andrew Chadeayne, Founder & Chief Executive Officer

 

14.3.                 iX Biopharma

14.3.1.              Company Snapshot

14.3.2.              Interview Transcript: Janakan Krishnarajah, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Medical Officer

 

14.4                   Orthogonal Thinkers

14.4.1.              Company Snapshot

14.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Tracy Cheung, Alexander Speiser, Chief Operating Officer

 

14.5                   COMPASS Pathways

14.5.1.              Company Snapshot

14.5.2.              Interview Transcript: Tracy Cheung, Chief Communications Officer

14.7                   Yale University

14.7.1.              Company Snapshot

14.7.2.              Interview Transcript: Benjamin Kelmendi, Assistant Professor of Psychiatry

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The “Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with proteome profiling service providers, offering detailed analysis of the key drivers and trends

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 52 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

To order this detailed 290+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering proteome profiling services, along with information on type of service provider (industry and non-industry), year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters, service(s) offered for pre-proteome profiling (protein identification, protein quantification, protein separation, protein extraction and protein purification), service(s) offered for proteome profiling (analysis of post translational modifications, protein characterization, in silico analysis and protein sequencing), other service(s) offered (protein-protein interaction analysis, biomarker discovery, biological pathway identification, impurity profile analysis, bio imaging of proteins), type of product profiled (proteins and peptides), type of sample(s) used (cells, tissues, plasma, serum, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (d), blood, saliva, cyst fluid and others) and type of application (drug discovery, disease diagnosis and others).
  • Elaborate profiles of the prominent players (shortlisted based on a proprietary criterion) across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific and rest of the world. Each profile includes a brief overview of the company, its year of establishment, location of headquarters, number of employees and financial information (if available). In addition to this, the profile includes information on the proteome profiling services offered by the company, along with information on the proteome profiling technologies used. Further, we have provided the recent developments of the company and an informed future outlook.
  • A competitiveness analysis of proteome profiling service providers, taking into consideration the supplier strength (based on company size and its experience in this field), service strength (based on number of pre-proteome profiling service(s) offered, number of proteome profiling service(s) offered, number of other service(s) offered, number of product types profiled and number of applications) and number of samples profiled (which is depicted by size of the bubble).
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been inked by stakeholders in the proteome profiling services domain, during the time period 2014-2020 (till April), covering different partnership models, such as service alliances, acquisitions, technology licensing, R&D agreements and research agreements.
  • An elaborate discussion on various factors contributing to the high price of proteome profiling. It features different pricing models of proteome profiling services based on number of proteins / samples processed, proteome profiling steps and sample types.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges which are likely to impact the industry's evolution, under a comprehensive SWOT framework; it includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative effect of each SWOT parameter on the overall industry.
  • A detailed review of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the overall proteome profiling services market. In addition, it features various strategies that different companies have adopted / might adopt in order to mitigate the challenges affiliated to the current global crisis.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Application Area
    • Drug Discovery
    • Disease Diagnosis
    • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor(s)
    • Contract Research Organizations
    • Pharmaceutical Companies
    • Research and Academic Institutes
  • Key Geographical Regions
    • North America
    • Europe
    • Asia Pacific
    • Rest of the World

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, in terms of application area, the market for proteome profiling services intended for disease diagnosis is likely to grow at a relatively faster pace. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • James Fedrick (President and Chief Executive Officer, Rockland Immunochemicals)
  • Anton Iliuk (Chief Technology Officer, Tymora Analytical Operations)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading proteome profiling service providers?
  • What are the key challenges faced by proteome profiling service providers?
  • What kind of partnership models are most commonly adopted by industry stakeholders?
  • What are the key performance indicators used by sponsors to evaluate potential service providers?
  • How is the recent COVID-19 pandemic likely to impact the demand for proteome profiling services?
  • What factors are anticipated to influence the evolution of the proteome profiling market?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Peptides and Macrocycle Drug Discovery: Services and Platforms Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. Peptide Therapeutics: Contract API Manufacturing Market, 2020 - 2030
  3. Targeted Protein Degradation Market: Focus on Therapeutics and Technology Platforms (based on Degronimids, ENDTACs, Epichaperome Inhibitors, Hydrophobic Tags, IMiDs, LYTACs, Molecular Glues, PHOTACs, PROTACs, Protein Homeostatic Modulators, SARDs, SERDs, SNIPERs, and Specific BET and DUB Inhibitors), 2020-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The market is fragmented, featuring the presence of both industry and non-industry players that are involved in providing proteome profiling services for various applications, claims Roots Analysis

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 52 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

With the growing prominence of peptide-based therapeutics and personalized medicine, there is an increased demand for rapid, highly sensitive, and accurate quantification methods to analyze clinical specimens. As a result, proteome profiling has become an indispensable part of modern drug discovery and development process, as well as disease diagnosis.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 50+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 16 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the proteome profiling services market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Application Area
  • Drug Discovery
  • Disease Diagnosis
  • Others

 

  • Type of Sponsor(s)
  • Contract Research Organizations
  • Pharmaceutical Companies
  • Research and Academic Institutes

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Biognosys
  • BGI
  • Bioproximity
  • Cell Signaling Technology
  • Creative Biolabs
  • Creative Proteomics
  • Cytomics
  • i-DNA Biotechnology
  • NMI TT Pharmaservices
  • Poochon Scientific
  • Proteomics International
  • Proteome Factory
  • Sciomics
  • tebu-bio
  • VProteomics

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

    2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION

  3. MARKET LANDSCAPE

  4. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN NORTH AMERICA

  5. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN EUROPE

  6. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN ASIA PACIFIC AND REST OF THE WORLD

  7. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

  8. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

  9. SWOT ANALYSIS

  10. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

 

  1. IMPACT OF THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICES MARKET

  2. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/proteome-profiling-services.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

The proteome profiling services market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~15%, till 2030

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 52 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 290+ page report, which features 50+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 200 players situated across the globe, claim to offer a variety of services for proteome profiling, and have developed the required expertise to process different sample types
  • The market is fragmented, featuring the presence of both industry and non-industry players that are involved in providing proteome profiling services for various applications
  • The current landscape includes a mix of both established players and new entrants; close to 40% of the companies offering proteome profiling services were established over the last two decades
  • Several contract service providers, involved in this domain, are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to enhance their respective proteome profiling service portfolio and maintain a competitive edge in the industry
  • The growing trend of outsourcing proteome profiling operations is evident form the rise in recent partnership activity; the maximum number of collaborations were observed to have been inked in 2019
  • The benefits of proteome profiling service presently outweigh the challenges related to their existing capabilities; the growing optimism in this domain is evident in the opinions of industry veterans
  • The market is anticipated to grow at CAGR of 15%, till 2030, and the projected opportunity is likely to be distributed across various type of applications, sponsors and key geographical regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/proteome-profiling-services.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.       Research Methodology
    1.3.       Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview

3.2.       Proteome Profiling

3.2.1.    Proteome Profiling Process

3.2.1.1. Protein Extraction, Separation and Purification

3.2.1.2. Protein Characterization

3.2.1.3. Protein Sequencing

3.2.1.4. Protein Quantification

3.2.1.5. In silico Analysis

3.2.1.6. Analysis of Post Translational Modifications

3.2.2.    Proteome Profiling Technologies

3.2.2.1. Type of Proteome Profiling Technologies

 

3.2.3.    Applications of Proteome Profiling

3.2.3.1. Biomarker Discovery

3.2.3.2. Disease Diagnosis

3.2.3.3. Drug Discovery

3.2.3.4. Elucidation of Cause / Propagation of Diseases

3.2.3.5. Toxicoproteomic Studies

 

3.2.4.    Challenges Associated with Proteome Profiling

3.2.5.    Outsourcing of Proteome Profiling

3.2.6.    Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.       Chapter Overview

4.2.       Proteome Profiling Service Providers: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Type of Organization

4.3.       Industry Players: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Industry Players: Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Industry Players: Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Industry Players: Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.4.    Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Service(s) Offered

4.3.4.1. Industry Players: Analysis by Service(s) Offered for Pre-Proteome Profiling

4.3.4.2. Industry Players: Analysis by Service(s) Offered for Proteome Profiling

4.3.4.3. Industry Players: Analysis by Other Service(s) Offered for Proteome Profiling

4.3.5.    Industry Players: Analysis by Company Size and Type of Service(s) Offered

4.3.6.    Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Product Profiled

4.2.7.    Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Sample(s) Used

4.3.8.    Industry Players: Analysis by Number of Sample(s) Used and Company Size

4.3.9.    Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Application

4.3.10.  Industry Players: Analysis by Company Size and Type of Application

 

4.4.       Non-Industry Players: Overall Market Landscape

4.4.1.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Company Size

4.4.3.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.4.4.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Service(s) Offered

4.4.4.1. Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Service(s) Offered for Pre-Proteome Profiling

4.4.4.2. Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Service(s) Offered for Proteome Profiling

4.4.4.3. Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Other Service(s) Offered for Proteome Profiling

4.3.5.    Non-Industry Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Product Profiled

4.2.6.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Sample(s) Used

4.3.7.    Non-Industry Players: Analysis by Type of Application

 

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN NORTH AMERICA

5.1.       Chapter Overview

5.2.       Bioproximity

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

5.2.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

5.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.       Cell Signaling Technology

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

5.3.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

5.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.       Creative Biolabs

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

5.4.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

5.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.       Creative Proteomics

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

5.5.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

5.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.6.       Poochon Scientific

5.6.1.    Company Overview

5.6.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

5.6.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

5.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN EUROPE

6.1.       Chapter Overview

6.2.       Biognosys

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

6.2.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.       NMI TT Pharmaservices

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

6.3.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.       Proteome Factory

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

6.4.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5.       Sciomics

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

6.5.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

6.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.       tebu-bio

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

6.6.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

6.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES: PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICE PROVIDERS IN ASIA PACIFIC AND REST OF THE WORLD

7.1.       Chapter Overview

7.2.       BGI

7.2.1.    Company Overview

7.2.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

7.2.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

7.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.3.       Cytomics

7.3.1.    Company Overview

7.3.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

7.3.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

7.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.4.       i-DNA Bioechnology

7.4.1.    Company Overview

7.4.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

7.4.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

7.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

7.5.       Proteomics International

7.5.1.    Company Overview

7.5.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

7.5.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

7.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

7.6.       VProteomics

7.6.1.    Company Overview

7.6.2.    Proteome Profiling-related Service Offerings

7.6.3.    Proteome Profiling Technology

7.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

8.1.       Chapter Overview

8.2.       Assumptions and Key Parameters

8.3.       Methodology

8.4.       Competitiveness Analysis: Industry Players

8.4.1.    Competitiveness Analysis: Industry Players based in North America

8.4.2.    Competitiveness Analysis: Industry Players based in Europe

8.4.3.    Competitiveness Analysis: Industry Players based in Asia Pacific and Rest of the World

 

8.5.       Competitiveness Analysis: Non-Industry Players

8.5.1.    Competitiveness Analysis: Non-Industry Players based in North America

8.5.2.    Competitiveness Analysis: Non-Industry Players in Europe

8.5.3.    Competitiveness Analysis: Non-Industry Players based in Asia Pacific and Rest of the World

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.       Chapter Overview

9.2.       Partnership Models

9.3.       Proteome Profiling Services Providers: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.    Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

9.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Service Mentioned in the Agreement

9.3.5.    Analysis by Type of Application Mentioned in the Agreement

9.3.6.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.7.    Geographical Analysis

9.3.7.1. Region-wise Distribution

9.3.7.2. Country-wise Distribution

 

  1. COST PRICE ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Factors Contributing to the High Price of Proteome Profiling

10.3.     Price of Proteome Profiling

10.3.1. Pricing Based on Number of Proteins / Samples Processed

10.3.2. Pricing Based on Proteome Profiling Steps

10.3.3. Pricing Based on Sample Type

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Strengths

11.3.     Weaknesses

11.4.     Opportunities

11.5.     Threats

11.6.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Forecast Methodology and Assumptions

12.3.     Overall Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030

12.3.1. Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Application

12.3.2. Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Sponsor

12.3.3. Proteome Profiling Services Market, 2020-2030: Geographical Distribution

12.3.4. Proteome Profiling Services Market in North America, 2020-2030

12.3.5. Proteome Profiling Services Market in Europe, 2020-2030

12.3.6. Proteome Profiling Services Market in Asia Pacific, 2020-2030

12.3.7. Proteome Profiling Services Market in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

  1. IMPACT OF THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC ON PROTEOME PROFILING SERVICES MARKET

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Current Opinions and Recuperative Initiatives of Key Players

13.3.     Impact on Future Market Opportunity for Proteome Profiling Services Market

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

More than 120 industry players are engaged in evaluating the potential of over 280 stem cell therapy products for the treatment of a variety of disease indications

www.rootsanalysis.com
Submitted 55 day(s) ago by Alberto Brando

 

There is a growing body of evidence supporting the vast applicability and superiority of treatment outcomes of stem cell therapies, compared to conventional treatment options. In fact, the unmet needs within this domain have spurred the establishment of many start-ups in recent years. Further, recent studies suggest that mesenchymal stem cells mesenchymal stem cells can be effectively used to improve patients' resistance to the SARS-CoV-2 virus induced pneumonia leading to speedy recovery.

 

To order this 500+ page report, which features 185+ figures and 220+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 8.5 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the stem cell therapies market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Source of stem cell
  • Allogeneic
  • Autologous

 

  • Origin of stem cell
  • Adult
  • Embryonic

 

  • Type of stem cell
  • Hematopoietic
  • Mesenchymal
  • Progenitor
  • Others

 

  • Lineage of stem cell
  • Adipose Tissue
  • Bone Marrow
  • Cord Blood
  • Others

 

  • Route of Administration
  • Intraarticular
  • Intracoronary
  • Intramuscular
  • Intramyocardial
  • Intrathecal
  • Intravenous
  • Surgical Implantations
  • Others

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Autoimmune / Inflammatory Disorder
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorder
  • Musculoskeletal Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Neurological Disorders
  • Ophthalmic Disorders
  • Others

 

  • End Users
  • Ambulatory Surgery Centers
  • Hospitals
  • Specialty Clinics

 

  • Key Geographies
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030 (Based on Source (Allogeneic, Autologous); Origin (Adult, Embryonic); Type (Hematopoietic, Mesenchymal, Progenitor); Lineage (Amniotic Fluid, Adipose Tissue, Bone Marrow, Cardiosphere, Chondrocytes, Corneal Tissue, Cord Blood, Dental Pulp, Neural Tissue Placenta, Peripheral Blood, Stromal Cells); and Potency (Multipotent, Pluripotent)), report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Anterogen
  • Athersys
  • CHABiotech
  • Cytopeutics
  • Hope Biosciences
  • Japan Regenerative Medicine
  • Lineage Cell Therapeutics
  • Orchard Therapeutics
  • Osiris Therapeutics
  • Pluristem Therapeutics
  • Promithera Biosciences
  • Regenexx
  • Stempeutics Research
  • SCM Life Sciences
  • TICEBA

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Company Profiles

  5. Key Therapeutic Areas

  6. Assessment of Relative Competition and Growth Opportunities

  7. Academic Grants Analysis

  8. Clinical Trail Analysis

  9. Stem Cell Manufacturing Market Landscape and KPIs for Evaluating Contract

Services Partners

  1. Stem Cell Therapy Developers and CMOs: Opportunity Assessment

  2. Key Commercialization Strategies

 

  1. Market Forecast

  2. Conclusion

  3. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/stem-cells-market/296.html/

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Submit your article?

Submit your articles for more traffic to your website!

Submit
© 2019 posts123.com. Imprint, All rights reserved.